Yale University Press Spring 2009 Seasonal Catalog

BOOKS

from

Y A L E

T RA D E T I T L E S Recently Published

2

General Interest

3

Scholarly Books of Interest to the General Trade

59

General Interest–Paperback

78

Scholarly Books of Interest to the General Trade–Paperback

96

Academic Titles 102

A RT T I T L E S Art & Architecture

113

Scholarly Art & Architecture Books of Interest to the General Trade 145 Index 163 Order Information 166

Cover illustration from: Drawing for What Will Come (World on Its Hind Legs), William Kentridge, 2007. Charcoal, gouache, pastel, and colored pencil on paper. 84 x 59 in (213.5 x 150 cm). Collection of Doris and Donald Fisher. (See page 123)

ONE AMERICA IN THE 21ST CENTURY The Report of President Bill Clinton’s Initiative on Race Edited and with an Introduction by Steven F. Lawson; Foreword by John Hope Franklin

TCommission on Race Initiative, containing the first comprehensive assessment of racial his volume represents the first publication in book form of the report of President Bill Clinton’s

progress (or the lack thereof) in America since the Civil Rights Movement of the 1960s. It also extends the discussion of race relations beyond issues of black and white to encompass the new diversity of the nation’s population in the twenty-first century. History February 256 pp. 8 1/2 x 11 paper 978-0-300-11669-4 $20.00sc

STEVEN F. LAWSON is professor of history, Rutgers, The State University of New Jersey.

MINIATURE ROOMS The Thorne Rooms at the Art Institute of Chicago Entries by Fannia Weingartner; Introduction by Bruce Hatton Boyer

Tthe 68 Thorne Miniature Rooms, which masterfully depict period interiors ranging from late-

his delightful book provides a detailed look at one of the Art Institute’s best-loved attractions:

13th-century Europe to America in the 1930s. Distributed for the Art Institute of Chicago Decorative Arts The late FA N N I A W E I N G A R T N E R was the editor of December 2008 184 pp. 124 color illus. Chicago History and the head of the publications office at 10 x 11 the Chicago Historical Society. BRUCE HATTON BOYER 978-0-300-14159-7 $45.00 is a historian and novelist.

WRITINGS ON ARCHITECTURE Paul Rudolph; Foreword by Robert A. M. Stern

T1950s and 1960s, this book includes a wealth of recently discovered archival materials and he first collection of writings by one of the most innovative architects and educators of the

many previously unpublished photographs. Recent controversies about the preservation of many of Rudolph’s buildings—including the landmark Art and Architecture Building at Yale, which celebrates its 45th anniversary and grand reopening in November 2008—make this a timely publication.

PA U L R U D O L P H (1918–1997) was chair of the Yale School of Architecture from 1958 to 1967.

January Architecture 96 pp. 80 b/w illus. 5 3/4 x 8 1/4 paper 978-0-300-15092-6 $18.00

New in paper

PICTURING THE BIBLE The Earliest Christian Art Jeffrey Spier; with contributions by Herbert L. Kessler, Steven Fine, Robin M. Jensen, Johannes G. Deckers, Mary Charles-Murray et al.

TDrawing on insights from recent discoveries, leading experts explore topics from Jewish art in the

his beautifully illustrated book examines the emergence of Christian art in the third century A.D.

Greco-Roman period and the influence of Constantine, to the development of church decoration and illuminated Bibles. Published in association with the Kimbell Art Museum J E F F R E Y S P I E R is adjunct professor of classics at the University of Arizona, Tucson.

December 2008 Art 328 pp. 52 b/w + 251 color illus. 9 x 12 paper 978-0-300-14934-0 $50.00

LICHTENSTEIN Girls Contributions from Richard Hamilton, Jeff Koons, Dorothy Lichtenstein, and Richard Prince

Ser an exceptional collection of paintings, drawings, sources, and documentary photographs. A urveying the seminal series of Girl paintings by Roy Lichtenstein, this catalogue brings togeth-

conversation between Jeff Koons and Dorothy Lichtenstein opens the catalogue, which also includes a chronology of important exhibitions and occasions in Lichtenstein’s life and Richard Prince’s response to the series. August 2008 Art Distributed for the Gagosian Gallery

2

Recently Published

94 pp. 130 color illus. Paper over board 978-0-300-14927-2

12 x 12 $65.00

General Interest

General Interest

3

“Fascinating, accessible, A C o n v e r s at i o n w i t h

© Chris Ramirez

S U SAN J AC O BY

Q: Why did you title your book Alger Hiss and the Battle for History?

A: What Alger Hiss actually did sixty years ago—and I do believe he was guilty of both the stated charge of perjury and the unstated charge of espionage—is less important than the fact that his case has come to stand for very different views about American history. For the political right, the Hiss case remains a symbol of the alleged weakness and naïveté of the left about foreign and domestic threats. To the left, the willingness of the right to discard constitutional safeguards in times of threat—both perceived and real—is symbolized by the rush to judgment about Hiss even when the evidence against him was much less convincing than it is now.

Q: Is it possible to believe that Hiss was guilty and oppose the methods of what has come to be known as the McCarthy era?

A: Of course. The fact that Hiss turned out to be guilty does not justify the violations of constitutional rights by the House Committee on Un-American Activities or by Sen. Joseph McCarthy’s subcommittee. There are many political liberals who once believed that Hiss was framed but have now concluded that he was

4

General Interest

guilty. But they also deplore the violations of civil liberties of the McCarthy era in the same way that they deplore violations of the Constitution in the war on terror today. The right, however, says, “Wrong about Hiss, wrong about everything.”

Q: What role have the media played in this dispute?

A: A good deal of my book is devoted to analyzing the ways in which the media have helped keep the Hiss case alive for sixty years. I look at both left- and right-wing publications, but much of my attention is focused on middle-of-the-road magazines and newspapers. The mainstream press, at any given time, reflects received opinion, and I’m particularly interested in the way received opinion about Hiss changed over time.

Q: Why should anyone care about the Hiss case today?

A: We should care because many of the issues surrounding the Hiss case, and the entire postwar hunt for Communists, are extremely relevant to the current battle over the appropriate balance between national security and civil liberties. ♦

♦

♦

and persuasive.” —Harvey J. Kaye, author of Thomas Paine and the Promise of America

ALGER HISS AND THE BATTLE FOR HISTORY Susan Jacoby From the author of the New York Times bestseller The Age of American Unreason, a tough investigation of the Alger Hiss case that reaches across political lines

B

ooks on Whittaker Chambers and Alger Hiss abound, as countless scholars have labored to uncover the facts behind Chambers’s shocking accusation before the House Committee on Un-American Activities in the summer of 1948—that Alger Hiss, a former rising star in the State Department, had been a Communist and engaged in espionage. In this highly original work, Susan Jacoby turns her attention to the Hiss case, including his trial and imprisonment for perjury, as a mirror of shifting American political views and passions. Unfettered by political ax-grinding, the author examines conflicting responses, from scholars and the media on both the left and the right, and the ways in which they have changed from 1948 to our present post– Cold War era. With a brisk, engaging style, Jacoby positions the case in the politics of the post–World War II era and then explores the ways in which generations of liberals and conservatives have put Chambers and Hiss to their own ideological uses. An iconic event of the McCarthy era, the case of Alger Hiss fascinates political intellectuals not only because of its historical significance but because of its timeless relevance to equally fierce debates today about the difficult balance between national security and respect for civil liberties.

S U S A N J A C O B Y is an independent scholar and best-selling author. The most recent of her seven previous books is The Age of American Unreason. She lives in New York City.

Marketing Highlights ♦ ♦ ♦ ♦ ♦

Major review attention National feature coverage Author lectures Online marketing Academic and library marketing

♦ Icons of America What is America? Why is America America? The Icons of America Series aims to answer these questions by telling the immense story of this country through key texts, images, moments, individuals, and events in American history, the seemingly familiar landmarks around which we have shaped our daily lives and which hold an iconic place in our national history and imagination.

March History/Biography 272 pp. 5 1/2 x 8 1/4 978-0-300-12133-9 $24.00

General Interest

5

LAST RITES John Lukacs

A master historian offers an eloquent and personal auto-history of his life and his ideas

T

wenty years ago, John Lukacs paused to set down the history of his own thoughts and beliefs in Confessions of an Original Sinner, an adroit blend of autobiography and personal philosophy. Now, in Last Rites, he continues and expands his reflections, this time integrating his conception of history and human knowledge with private memories of his wives and loves, and enhancing the book with footnotes from his idiosyncratic diaries. The resulting volume is fascinating and delightful—an auto-history by a passionate, authentic, brilliant, and witty man. Lukacs begins with a concise rendering of a historical understanding of our world (essential reading for any historian), then follows with trenchant observations on his life in the United States, commentary on his native Hungary and the new meanings it took on for him after 1989, and deeply personal portraits of his three wives, about whom he has not written before. He includes also a chapter on his formative memories of May and June 1940 and of Winston Churchill, a subject in some of Lukacs’s later studies. Last Rites is a richly layered summation combined with a set of extraordinary observations—an original book only John Lukacs could have written.

J O H N L U K A C S is an internationally read and praised historian, the author of some thirty books, a winner of numerous academic honors and awards, past president of the American Catholic Historical Association, and a member of the Royal Historical Society of the United Kingdom. He lives in Phoenixville, PA. 6

General Interest

Praise for Confessions of an Original Sinner:

“[Lukacs] is an often witty and always fascinating—even entertaining—writer.” —Washington Post

Marketing Highlights ♦ ♦

Major review attention Academic and library marketing

♦ ALSO AVAILABLE BY JOHN LUKACS:

Five Days in London, May 1940 paper 978-0-300-08466-5

$11.95

George Kennan paper 978-0-300-14306-5

$26.00

June 1941 paper 978-0-300-12364-7

$15.00

February Memoir/History 208 pp. 5 1/2 x 8 1/4 978-0-300-11438-6 $25.00

FRANKLY, MY DEAR Gone with the Wind Revisited

Molly Haskell An exploration of the book, the movie, and the author of one of the most captivating stories ever told

H

ow and why has the saga of Scarlett O’Hara kept such a tenacious hold on our national imagination for almost three-quarters of a century? In the first book ever to deal simultaneously with Margaret Mitchell’s beloved novel and David Selznick’s spectacular film version of Gone with the Wind, film critic Molly Haskell seeks the answers. By all industry predictions, the film should never have worked. What makes it work so amazingly well are the fascinating and uncompromising personalities that Haskell dissects here: Margaret Mitchell, David Selznick, and Vivien Leigh. As a feminist and onetime Southern adolescent, Haskell understands how the story takes on different shades of meaning according to the age and eye of the beholder. She explores how it has kept its edge because of Margaret Mitchell’s (and our) ambivalence about Scarlett and because of the complex racial and sexual attitudes embedded in a story that at one time or another has offended almost everyone. Haskell imaginatively weaves together disparate strands, conducting her story as her own inner debate between enchantment and disenchantment. Sensitive to the ways in which history and cinema intersect, she reminds us why these characters, so riveting to Depression audiences, continue to fascinate 70 years later.

“A stunning piece of criticism, written with fever-pitch intensity, that demonstrates so movingly why it’s impossible to name the kind of greatness found in Gone with the Wind and impossible to refrain from trying.” —Alan Trachtenberg, author of Lincoln’s Smile and Other Enigmas

Gone with the Wind by the numbers: ♦

Nearly 30 million copies of the book have been sold since 1936

♦

The film grossed over $1.3 billion in the U.S., making it the biggest blockbuster of all time (adjusted for inflation)

♦

Nominated for 13 academy awards, it won 10, including Best Picture, Director, Actress, Screenplay, and Supporting Actress

Marketing Highlights ♦ ♦ ♦

♦ Icons of America

♦ ♦

What is America? Why is America America? The Icons of America Series aims to answer these questions by telling the immense story of this country through key texts, images, moments, individuals, and events in American history, the seemingly familiar landmarks around which we have shaped our daily lives and which hold an iconic place in our national history and imagination.

M O L LY H A S K E L L is a writer and film critic. She has lectured widely on the role of women in film and is the author of From Reverence to Rape: The Treatment of Women in the Movies. She lives in New York City.

♦

Major review attention National media interviews National feature coverage Reading group outreach Academic and library marketing Online marketing

February Film/History 256 pp. 15 b/w illus. 5 1/2 x 8 1/4 978-0-300-11752-3 $24.00

7

General Interest

GOD’S ARCHITECT Pugin and the Building of Romantic Britain

Rosemary Hill

The acclaimed biography of one of the nineteenth century’s most important architects

A

ugustus Welby Northmore Pugin (1812–1852) was one of Britain’s greatest architects, and his short career one of the most dramatic in architectural history. Born in 1812, the son of a French draughtsman, at fifteen Pugin was working for King George IV at Windsor Castle. By the time he was twenty-one he had been shipwrecked, bankrupted, and widowed. Nineteen years later he died, insane and disillusioned, having changed the face and the mind of British architecture in works as revered as the House of Lords and the clock tower at Westminster, known as Big Ben. God’s Architect is the first modern biography of this extraordinary figure. Rosemary Hill draws on thousands of unpublished letters and drawings to re-create Pugin’s life and work as architect, propagandist, and Gothic designer, as well as the turbulent story of his three marriages, the bitterness of his last years, and his sudden death at forty. It is the work of an exceptional historian and biographer.

R O S E M A R Y H I L L is a writer and historian, and has published widely on nineteenth- and twentieth-century cultural history. 8

General Interest

“A magnificent biography, as sumptuous and intricate as anything Pugin built. . . . A properly glorious monument.” —John Carey, Sunday Times, London

“This is surely the best biography of a British architect yet written: an enthralling book.”—Stephen Bayley, Observer

Marketing Highlights ♦ ♦

Major review attention Academic and library marketing

♦ Winner of the 2007 Wolfson Prize for

History and the James Tait Black Memorial Prize for Biography.

February Biography/Architecture/History 656 pp. 32 b/w + 31 color illus. 6 x 9 1/4 978-0-300-15161-9 $45.00 For sale in the U.S., its dependencies, and the Philippines only

THE YOUNG CHARLES DARWIN Keith Thomson

On the 150th anniversary of On the Origin of Species, a new investigation of Darwin’s early years and how he arrived at his revolutionary ideas

W

hat sort of person was the young naturalist who developed an evolutionary idea so logical, so dangerous, that it has dominated biological science for a century and a half? How did the quiet and shy Charles Darwin produce his theory of natural selection when many before him had started down the same path but failed? This book is the first to inquire into the range of influences and ideas, the mentors and rivals, and the formal and informal education that shaped Charles Darwin and prepared him for his remarkable career of scientific achievement. Keith Thomson concentrates on Darwin’s early life as a schoolboy, a medical student at Edinburgh, a theology student at Cambridge, and a naturalist aboard the Beagle on its famous five-year voyage. Closely analyzing Darwin’s Autobiography and scientific notebooks, the author draws a fully human portrait of Darwin for the first time: a vastly erudite and powerfully ambitious individual, selfabsorbed but lacking self-confidence, hampered as much as helped by family, and sustained by a passion for philosophy and logic. Thomson’s account of the birth and maturing of Darwin’s brilliant theory is fascinating for the way it reveals both his genius as a scientist and the human foibles and weaknesses with which he mightily struggled.

“Keith Thomson’s fresh and lively account will surely bring Darwin back into focus as an exceptional scholar, traveler, family man, and author. Highly recommended.”—Janet Browne, author of Charles Darwin: Voyaging and Charles Darwin: The Power of Place ♦

Publication coincides with Darwin’s 200th birthday on February 12, 2009, and the 150th anniversary of the publication of the controversial masterpiece On the Origin of Species.

Marketing Highlights ♦ ♦

Major review attention Academic and library marketing

♦ NOW IN PAPER BY KEITH THOMSON:

The Legacy of the Mastodon: The Golden Age of Fossils in America (see page 85) ♦ ALSO OF INTEREST:

Endless Forms: Charles Darwin, Natural Science, and the Visual Arts DIANA DONALD and JANE MUNRO (see page 114)

K E I T H T H O M S O N is professor emeritus of natural history, University of Oxford, and senior research fellow, the American Philosophical Society. He is the author of more than 200 scientific papers and twelve books, including Before Darwin: Reconciling God and Nature, published by Yale University Press. He lives in Philadelphia.

February Biography/Science 288 pp. 5 b/w illus. 6 1/8 x 9 1/4 978-0-300-13608-1 $28.00

9

General Interest

THE PHILOSOPHERS’ QUARREL Rousseau, Hume, and the Limits of Human Understanding

Robert Zaretsky and John T. Scott The dramatic collapse of the friendship between Rousseau and Hume, in the context of their grand intellectual quest to conquer the limits of human understanding

T

he rise and spectacular fall of the friendship between the two great philosophers of the eighteenth century, barely six months after they first met, reverberated on both sides of the Channel. As the relationship between Jean-Jacques Rousseau and David Hume unraveled, a volley of rancorous letters was fired off, then quickly published and devoured by aristocrats, intellectuals, and common readers alike. Everyone took sides in this momentous dispute between the greatest of Enlightenment thinkers. In this lively and revealing book, Robert Zaretsky and John T. Scott explore the unfolding rift between Rousseau and Hume. The authors are particularly fascinated by the connection between the thinkers’ lives and thought, especially the way that the failure of each to understand the other— and himself—illuminates the limits of human understanding. In addition, they situate the philosophers’ quarrel in the social, political, and intellectual milieu that informed their actions, as well as the actions of the other participants in the dispute, such as James Boswell, Adam Smith, and Voltaire. By examining the conflict through the prism of each philosopher’s contribution to Western thought, Zaretsky and Scott reveal the implications for the two men as individuals and philosophers as well as for the contemporary world.

R O B E R T Z A R E T S K Y is professor of French, Honors College, University of Houston. J O H N T. S C O T T is professor of political science, University of California, Davis. Zaretsky and Scott are also coauthors of Frail Happiness: An Essay on Rousseau. 10

General Interest

“This arresting book is like a novel which one reads late into the night— a novel whose characters happen to be famous thinkers: Rousseau and Hume. Voltaire looms in the background. Brilliant Parisian ladies appear too. What can be more exhilarating than a tale of intelligence and discord, and of the eighteenth century revisited right before the French Revolution—so near us, so far away?”—Adam Zagajewski

Marketing Highlights ♦ ♦

Major review attention Academic and library marketing

February History/Biography 256 pp. 10 b/w illus. 6 1/8 x 9 1/4 978-0-300-12193-3 $27.50

CRUEL AND UNUSUAL The Culture of Punishment in America

Anne-Marie Cusac In light of the recent scandals at Abu Ghraib and Guantanamo, a new study on America’s alarming attitudes toward criminals, punishment, and democratic ideals

T

he statistics are startling. Since 1973, America’s imprisonment rate has multiplied over five times to become the highest in the world. More than two million inmates reside in state and federal prisons. What does this say about our attitudes toward criminals and punishment? What does it say about us? This book explores the cultural evolution of punishment practices in the United States. Anne-Marie Cusac first looks at punishment in the nation’s early days, when Americans repudiated Old World cruelty toward criminals and emphasized rehabilitation over retribution. This attitude persisted for some 200 years, but in recent decades we have abandoned it, Cusac shows. She discusses the dramatic rise in the use of torture and restraint, corporal and capital punishment, and punitive physical pain. And she links this new climate of punishment to shifts in other aspects of American culture, including changes in dominant religious beliefs, child-rearing practices, politics, television shows, movies, and more.

“Cusac’s analysis should provoke a sense of deep concern: concern that contemporary punitiveness in America will damage our institutions, our political system, our culture.” —Austin Sarat, Amherst College

Marketing Highlights ♦ ♦ ♦ ♦ ♦

Major review attention National radio interviews National television interviews Academic and library marketing Online marketing

America now punishes harder and longer and with methods we would have rejected as cruel and unusual not long ago. These changes are profound, their impact affects all our lives, and we have yet to understand the full consequences.

A N N E - M A R I E C U S A C is assistant professor, Department of Communication, Roosevelt University, and a contributing writer to The Progressive. For her work as a journalist she has received the George Polk Award and on three occasions the Project Censored Award. She lives in Evanston, IL.

March

Current Events/History/Law 320 pp. 6 1/8 x 9 1/4 978-0-300-11174-3 $27.50

11

General Interest

THEOLOGY IN THE CONTEXT OF SCIENCE John Polkinghorne

A renowned physicist-theologian provides a new framework for dialogue between science and religion

J

ust as gendered, cultural, and geographical perspectives have illuminated and advanced theological thought, the contributions of twentieth-century science have much to offer theology. In his latest book, physicist-theologian John Polkinghorne, renowned as one of the world’s foremost thinkers on science and religion, offers a lucid argument for developing the intersection of the two fields as another form of contextual theology. Countering recent assertions by “new atheists” that religious belief is irrational and even dangerous, Polkinghorne explores ways that theology can be open to and informed by science. He describes recent scientific discourse on such subjects as epistemology, objectivity, uncertainty, and rationality and considers the religious importance of the evolution in these areas of scientific thought. Then, evaluating such topics as relativity, space and time, and evolutionary theory, he uses a scientific style of inquiry as a foundation on which to build a model of Christian belief structure. Science and theology share in the great human quest for truth and understanding, says Polkinghorne, and he illustrates how their interaction can be fruitful for both.

J O H N P O L K I N G H O R N E , KBE, FRS, is fellow and retired president, Queens’ College, Cambridge University. He was founding president of the International Society for Science and Religion and in 2002 was awarded the Templeton Prize. He lives in Cambridge, UK. 12

General Interest

Marketing Highlights ♦ ♦

Major review attention Academic and library marketing

♦ ALSO AVAILABLE BY JOHN POLKINGHORNE:

Belief in God in an Age of Science paper ISBN 978-0-300-09949-2 $9.95 Sold more than 13,000 copies worldwide in cloth

Exploring Reality paper ISBN 978-0-300-12267-1

$15.00

Quantum Physics and Theology paper ISBN 978-0-300-13840-5

$15.00

March Religion/Science 208 pp. 5 1/2 x 8 1/4 978-0-300-14933-3 $26.00 Not for sale in the European Union and British Commonwealth (excluding Canada)

IN CONFIDENCE When to Protect Secrecy and When to Require Disclosure

Ronald Goldfarb A provocative work that explains where and when confidentiality begins, ends, and breaks

T

he variety and pervasiveness of confidentiality issues today are breathtaking. Not a day passes without a media report on a breach of confidentiality, a claim of attorney-client privilege, a journalist jailed for refusing to reveal a source, a medical or hospital record improperly disclosed, or a major business deal exposed by anonymous sources. In Confidence examines confidential issues that arise in various disciplines and relationships and considers which should be protected and which should not. Ronald Goldfarb organizes the book around professionals for whom confidentiality is an issue of weighty importance: government officials, attorneys, medical personnel, psychotherapists, clergy, business people, and journalists. In a chapter devoted to each, and in another on spousal privilege, he lays out specific issues and the law’s positions on them. He discusses an array of court cases in which confidentiality issues played an important role and decisions were often surprising and controversial. Goldfarb also looks into the criteria that should be used when determining whether secrets must be revealed. His nuanced analysis reveals how federal government practices and technological capabilities increasingly challenge the boundaries of privacy, and his thoughtful insights open the door to meaningful new debate.

R O N A L D G O L D FA R B is an attorney and author of ten previous books as well as hundreds of law journal and newspaper articles, op-ed pieces, and book reviews. He lives and works in Alexandria, VA, and Key Biscayne, FL.

“Goldfarb’s discussion is of paramount significance in a democracy where values and rights of privacy have been eroded by federal government practices and the impact of technology on our lives.”—David Vise, author of The Google Story

Marketing Highlights ♦ ♦

Major review attention Academic and library marketing

March Law 304 pp. 6 1/8 x 9 1/4 978-0-300-12009-7 $27.50

13

General Interest

“The spud now has D o Yo u K n ow Yo u r

P O TAT O E S ? A multiple-choice quiz (answers below)

1. French fries were first introduced to the United States by

6. How many people died in Ireland as a result of the potato blight and resulting famine?

a. b. c. d.

a. b. c. d.

Benjamin Franklin John Adams George Washington Carver Thomas Jefferson

7. Scientists are conducting experiments with potatoes in order to determine their usefulness

2. The world’s largest potato producer today is a. b. c. d.

Ireland China Australia Peru

a. b. c. d.

3. From what part of the plant does the potato come? a. b. c. d.

The root The flower The leaf bud The stem

a. b. c. d.

Tomatoes, chili peppers, and petunias Corn, beans, and millet Kava, marijuana, and peyote Rice, sugar cane, and maize

Deadly nightshade Poinsettia Daffodil Poison ivy

9. The potato was first introduced to Europe in a. b. c. d.

5. Potato blight is a. b. c. d.

as a food source for astronauts on the next mission to Mars as a healing agent in organic medications as inexpensive insulation in buildings as an insecticide

8. A poisonous plant that is a close relative of the potato is

4. Other crop plants closely related to potatoes include a. b. c. d.

100,000 4 million 1 million 500,000

A kind of mold A wart A parasitic insect A parasitic plant

About 1780 About 1588 About 1650 About 1492

10. The original name of the potato in Quechua, the language of the Inca, is a. b. c. d. ♦

♦

Tapas Papa Pate Tater

♦

(Answers: 1:d. 2:b, 3:d, 4:a, 5:a, 6:c, 7:a, 8:a, 9:b, 10:b)

14

General Interest

the biography it deserves.” — The Economist

POTATO A History of the Propitious Esculent

John Reader In the tradition of Salt and Cod, a highly readable biography of the potato

T

he potato—humble, lumpy, bland, familiar—is a decidedly unglamorous staple of the dinner table. Or is it? John Reader’s narrative on the role of the potato in world history suggests we may be underestimating this remarkable tuber. From domestication in Peru 8,000 years ago to its status today as the world’s fourth-largest food crop, the potato has played a starring—or at least supporting—role in many chapters of human history. In this witty and engaging book, Reader opens our eyes to the power of the potato. Whether embraced as the solution to hunger or wielded as a weapon of exploitation, blamed for famine and death or recognized for spurring progress, the potato has often changed the course of human events. Reader focuses on sixteenth-century South America, where the indigenous potato enabled Spanish conquerors to feed thousands of conscripted native people; eighteenth-century Europe, where the nutrition-packed potato brought about a population explosion; and today’s global world, where the potato is an essential food source but also the world’s most chemically dependent crop. Where potatoes have been adopted as a staple food, social change has always followed. It may be “just” a humble vegetable, John Reader shows, yet the history of the potato has been anything but dull.

J O H N R E A D E R is a writer and photojournalist who holds an honorary research fellowship in the Department of Anthropology at University College London. He has travelled all over the world and now resides in Surrey, UK.

“[Potato] is thought-provoking provender.” —Tim Radford, Guardian

“[A] superb history” —Robert Collins, Times (London)

“A history of the world from the potato’s point of view.”—Willa Murphy, Irish Times

Marketing Highlights ♦ ♦ ♦ ♦

Major review attention Off-the-book page features Academic and library marketing Online marketing

March History/Food 336 pp. 17 b/w illus. 6 1/8 x 9 1/4 978-0-300-14109-2 $28.00 For sale in the U.S., its dependencies, and the Philippines only

General Interest

15

GYPSY The Art of the Tease

Rachel Shteir

A revealing portrait of the “Striptease Intellectual” of 1930s burlesque, with fresh revelations from the Gypsy Rose Lee papers

A

true icon of America at a turning point in its history, Gypsy Rose Lee was the first—and the only— stripper to become a household name, write novels, and win the adulation of intellectuals, bankers, socialites, and ordinary Americans. Her outrageous blend of funny-smart sex symbol with the aura of high culture—she boasted that she liked to read Great Books and listen to classical music while taking off her clothes onstage—inspired a musical, memoirs, a portrait by Max Ernst, and a species of rose. Gypsy is the first book about Gypsy Rose Lee’s life, fame, and place in America not written by a family member, and it reveals her deep impact on the social and cultural transformations taking shape during her life. Rachel Shteir, author of the prize-winning Striptease, gives us Gypsy’s story from her arrival in New York in 1931 to her sojourns in Hollywood, her friendships and rivalries with writers and artists, the Sondheim musical, family memoirs that retold her history in divergent ways, and a television biopic currently in the making. With verve, audacity, and native guile, Gypsy Rose Lee moved striptease from the margins of American life to Broadway, Hollywood, and Main Street. Gypsy tells how she did it, and why.

R A C H E L S H T E I R is associate professor, The Theatre School, DePaul University, and author of Striptease: The Untold Story of the Girlie Show. She lives in Chicago. 16

General Interest

“The best kind of cultural biography and the most serious history to date of the burlesque and striptease tradition.” —Francine du Plessix Gray

Marketing Highlights ♦ ♦ ♦

Major review attention Library marketing Online marketing

♦ Icons of America What is America? Why is America America? The Icons of America Series aims to answer these questions by telling the immense story of this country through key texts, images, moments, individuals, and events in American history, the seemingly familiar landmarks around which we have shaped our daily lives and which hold an iconic place in our national history and imagination.

March Biography/Americana 240 pp. 9 b/w illus. 5 1/2 x 8 1/4 978-0-300-12040-0 $24.00

SELECTED POEMS Geoffrey Hill

A sampling from the oeuvre of one of the greatest living poets of the English language

G

eoffrey Hill’s poetry comprises one of the most uncompromising and visionary bodies of work written over the last fifty years. Imbued with the weight of history, morality, and language, his work reveals a deeply religious sensibility, a towering intellect, and an emotional complexity that are unrivaled in contemporary letters. Now, for the first time ever, readers can observe in one volume how Hill’s style took shape over time. This generous selection spans his career, beginning with poems from Hill’s astonishing debut, For the Unfallen, and following through to his stylistically distinct and critically acclaimed work Without Title. Including some of the poet’s strongest, most sensitive, and most brilliant pieces, this collection will reaffirm Hill’s reputation as “England’s best hope for the Nobel Prize.”

“England’s best hope for the Nobel Prize.” —Spectator

“Hill’s lines are the contours of an ancestral landscape. They sculpt the culture in which his work is so deeply embedded. This is what makes him England’s most important living poet.” —Rachel Campbell-Johnston, The Times

“English has rarely possessed a poet who listens so closely to its whispers, or is as willing to expose its secret etiquettes.” —William Logan, New York Times Book Review

Marketing Highlights ♦ ♦ ♦

Born in Bromsgrove, Worcestershire, in 1932, G E O F F R E Y H I L L is the author of eleven books of poetry. He has received numerous awards for his work, including the Hawthornden Prize, the Heinemann Award, the Geoffrey Faber Memorial Prize, and the Duff Cooper Memorial Prize. After retiring from Boston University, where he was professor of literature and religion, he returned to the United Kingdom. He currently resides in Cambridge.

Major review attention Poetry Month (April) promotions Academic and library marketing

March Poetry 288 pp. 6 x 9 1/2 978-0-300-12156-8 $35.00 For sale in the U.S., its dependencies, Canada, and the Philippines only

General Interest

17

CAN POETRY SAVE THE EARTH? A Field Guide to Nature Poems

John Felstiner At a time of environmental crises, poetry can reawaken us to the beauty and fragility of our natural world

P

oems vivifying nature have gripped people for centuries. From Biblical times to the present day, poetry has continuously drawn us to the natural world. In this thought-provoking book, John Felstiner explores the rich legacy of poems that take nature as their subject, and he demonstrates their force and beauty. In our own time of environmental crises, he contends, poetry has a unique capacity to restore our attention to our environment in its imperiled state. And, as we take heed, we may well become better stewards of the earth.

Marketing Highlights

♦

Major review attention Poetry Month (April) promotions Academic and library marketing

♦

ALSO AVAILABLE BY JOHN FELSTINER:

♦

In forty brief and lucid chapters, Felstiner presents those voices that have most strongly spoken to and for the natural world. Poets—from the Romantics through Whitman and Dickinson to Elizabeth Bishop and Gary Snyder—have helped us envision such details as ocean winds eroding and rebuilding dunes in the same breath, wild deer freezing in our presence, and a person carving initials on a still-living stranded whale.

♦

Paul Celan Poet, Survivor, Jew paper 978-0-300-08922-6 $19.00sc Winner of the Truman Capote Prize for Literary Criticism; finalist, National Book Critics Circle award; finalist, MLA James Russell Lowell Prize

Sixty color and black-and-white images, many seen for the first time, bear out visually the environmental imagination this book discovers—a poetic legacy more vital now than ever.

J O H N F E L S T I N E R is professor of English, Stanford University. He lives in the Santa Cruz Mountains. 18 18

General Interest

April Poetry Studies/Nature 432 pp. 22 color + 40 b/w illus. 6 1/8 x 9 1/4 978-0-300-13750-7 $35.00

IT IS DAYLIGHT Arda Collins Foreword by Louise Glück

Announcing the 2008 recipient of the Yale Younger Poets prize

A

rda Collins is the 2008 winner of the annual Yale Series of Younger Poets competition. Mesmerizing and electric, her volume It Is Daylight reads as a series of dramatic monologues articulated in the privacy of an enclosed space. The poems are concrete and yet metaphysically challenging, both witty and despairing. Collins’ emotional complexity and uncommon range make this debut both thrillingly imaginative and ethical in its uncompromising attention to detail. In her Foreword, contest judge Louise Glück observes, “I know no poet whose sense of fraud, the inflated emptiness that substitutes for feeling, is more acute.” Glück calls Collins’ volume “savage, desolate, brutally ironic . . . a book of astonishing originality and intensity, unprecedented, unrepeatable.”

Marketing Highlights ♦ ♦ ♦

Major review attention Poetry Month (April) promotions Academic and library marketing

♦ Yale Series of Younger Poets

♦ An Excerpt from: Snow On The Apples There was snow on the apples somewhere. You’re at home, it’s getting dark out, rain makes the cars louder. Nobody seems to be driving the cars. Someone has arranged for them to be there going by, six o’clock. Someone has made the sound of air in the room louder. God? You say, but not aloud. Since there is no god, you have to be both you and god. . . .

A R D A C O L L I N S lives in Denver, where she is pursuing a Ph.D. in poetry. Her poems have been published in journals and magazines including The New Yorker, The American Poetry Review, A Public Space, and others. She is a graduate of the Iowa Writers’ Workshop, where she was a Glenn Schaeffer Fellow.

April Poetry 96 pp. 7 x 7 paper 978-0-300-14888-6 $16.00 cloth 978-0-300-14887-9 $30.00 tx

19

General Interest

A C o n v e r s at i o n w i t h

Photograph by Charles O’Brien

A L I A . A L L AW I

Q: What drew you to the subject of the past and present of Islamic civilization? A: I have always been puzzled by the contradictory manner in which people interact with Islamic civilization. In the West, it is often spoken of in the past tense as a civilization once great but now eclipsed by modernity. Most Muslims on the other hand refuse to acknowledge that Islamic civilization no longer defines the world in which they live, and assume that the past glories of the civilization continue today. I wanted to establish whether Islam as a faith demands that the outer world be fashioned according to its world view; and whether the loss of an Islamic “civilizational space” is the reason behind the difficulties that Muslims have encountered with modernity and, now, globalization.

Q: Why has Islamic civilization waned over the last centuries?

A: I believe it was thwarted by a variety of factors, including the wholesale adoption of non-Islamic models, but also by a failure of imagination and leadership on the part of the political, social, and cultural elites. I firmly believe also that the sense of the sacred, which

20

General Interest

infused all aspects of Islamic civilization, has been greatly diminished in the modern era, making it well-nigh impossible to rejuvenate the wellsprings of the civilization.

Q: Where do you see the roots of resurgence of Islamic civilization? A: An Islamic civilization can only exist if Muslims choose to shape their world according to the precepts of their religion, both in its inner and outer dimensions. Islam is not simply a matter of obeying a particular set of laws or injunctions. Neither is it defined by the raw elements of power, wealth, and territory. Of equal importance is the ethical dimension of the faith, which obliges Muslims to behave and interact in ways that enhance the public good. This must be revitalized if Islamic civilization is ever to be reconciled with the demands of the modern world without disruption or violence. It can also be the bridge by which Islamic civilization could contribute meaningfully to resolving the immense problems and issues that are confronting the world today.

♦

♦

♦

THE CRISIS OF ISLAMIC CIVILIZATION Ali A. Allawi A bold analysis of the sources of the crisis in today’s Islamic world, from a public intellectual and statesman at its heart

I

slam as a religion is central to the lives of over a billion people, but its outer expression as a distinctive civilization has been undergoing a monumental crisis. Buffeted by powerful adverse currents, Islamic civilization today is a shadow of its former self. The most disturbing and possibly fatal of these currents—the imperial expansion of the West into Muslim lands and the blast of modernity that accompanied it—are now compounded by a third giant wave, globalization. These forces have increasingly tested Islam and Islamic civilization for validity, adaptability, and the ability to hold on to the loyalty of Muslims, says Ali A. Allawi in his provocative new book. While the faith has proved resilient in the face of these challenges, other aspects of Islamic civilization have atrophied or died, Allawi contends, and Islamic civilization is now undergoing its last crisis.

Marketing Highlights

♦

National radio interviews 20-city radio satellite tour National print advertising Academic and library marketing Online marketing

♦

ALSO AVAILABLE BY ALI A. ALLAWI:

♦ ♦ ♦ ♦

The Occupation of Iraq

The book explores how Islamic civilization began to unravel under colonial rule, as its institutions, laws, and economies were often replaced by inadequate modern equivalents. Allawi also examines the backlash expressed through the increasing religiosity of Muslim societies and the spectacular rise of political Islam and its terrorist offshoots. Assessing the status of each of the building blocks of Islamic civilization, the author concludes that Islamic civilization cannot survive without the vital spirituality that underpinned it in the past. He identifies a key set of principles for moving forward, principles that will surprise some and anger others, yet clearly must be considered.

A L I A . A L L AW I has served as Minister of Defense and Minister of Finance in the Iraqi postwar governments. He is senior visiting fellow at Princeton University.

“The most comprehensive historical account to date of the disastrous aftermath of the American invasion” —Edward Wong, New York Times Book Review paper 978-0-300-13614-2

$20.00

Sold more than 20,000 in the US and UK combined

April

Current Events/History 320 pp. 6 1/8 x 9 1/4 978-0-300-13931-0 $27.50

General Interest

21

SAVAGES AND SCOUNDRELS The Untold Story of America’s Road to Empire through Indian Territory

Paul VanDevelder VanDevelder demolishes long-held myths about America’s westward expansion and uncovers the unacknowledged federal Indian policy that shaped the republic

W

hat really happened in the early days of our nation? How was it possible for white settlers to march across the entire continent, inexorably claiming Native American lands for themselves? Who made it happen, and why? This gripping book tells America’s story from a new perspective, chronicling the adventures of our forefathers and showing how a legacy of repeated betrayals became the bedrock on which the republic was built. Paul VanDevelder takes as his focal point the epic federal treaty ratified in 1851 at Horse Creek, formally recognizing perpetual ownership by a dozen Native American tribes of 1.1 million square miles of the American West. The astonishing and shameful story of this broken treaty— one of 371 Indian treaties signed during the eighteenth and nineteenth centuries—reveals a pattern of fraudulent government behavior that again and again displaced Native Americans from their lands. VanDevelder describes the path that led to the genocide of the American Indian; those who participated in it, from cowboys and common folk to aristocrats and presidents; and how the history of the immoral treatment of Indians through the twentieth century has profound social, economic, and political implications for America even today.

PA U L VA N D E V E L D E R is a journalist and author. His book Coyote Warrior: One Man, Three Tribes, and the Trial That Forged a Nation was nominated for the Pulitzer Prize, the National Book Award, and the American Bar Association’s Silver Gavel Award. He lives in the Pacific Northwest. 22

General Interest

Praise for Paul VanDevelder’s Coyote Warrior: “Intense, heroic, patriotic, heartbreaking, uplifting, wise, and instructive, Coyote Warrior is a major work of history. . . . It is our country’s story, and it is our responsibility to know it. I’m grateful to Paul VanDevelder for telling it.” —Rick Bass, author of Winter

Marketing Highlights ♦ ♦

Major review attention Academic and library marketing

April

History/American Indian Studies 256 pp. 10 illus. 6 1/8 x 9 1/4 978-0-300-12563-4 $26.00

ROSENFELD’S LIVES Fame, Oblivion, and the Furies of Writing

Steven J. Zipperstein

A haunting consideration of the extraordinary mind of Saul Bellow’s unjustly forgotten friend and literary rival and the extremes of the writing life

B

orn in Chicago in 1918, the prodigiously gifted and erudite Isaac Rosenfeld was anointed a “genius” upon the publication of his “luminescent” novel, Passage from Home, and was expected to surpass even his closest friend and rival, Saul Bellow. Yet when felled by a heart attack at the age of thirty-eight, Rosenfeld had published relatively little, his life reduced to a metaphor for literary failure. In this deeply contemplative book, Steven J. Zipperstein seeks to reclaim Rosenfeld’s legacy by “opening up” his work. Zipperstein examines for the first time the “small mountain” of unfinished manuscripts the writer left behind, as well as his fiercely candid journals and letters. In the process, Zipperstein unearths a turbulent life that was obsessively grounded in a profound commitment to the ideals of the writing life.

“This long-awaited biography of Isaac Rosenfeld is far more than a brilliant analysis of the man, his work, and his demons. It is a profound—and profoundly moving—meditation on the fragility of creativity, the caprices of reputation, and the doom of those whose lives are thereby made and unmade.”—Rebecca Newberger Goldstein, author of Betraying Spinoza

Marketing Highlights ♦

Rosenfeld’s Lives is a fascinating exploration of literary genius and aspiration and the paradoxical power of literature to elevate and to enslave. It illuminates the cultural and political tensions of post-war America, Jewish intellectual life of the era, and—most poignantly—the struggle at the heart of any writer’s life.

S T E V E N J . Z I P P E R S T E I N is Daniel E. Koshland Professor in Jewish Culture and History, Stanford University. His previous books include The Jews of Odessa, which received the Smilen Award, and Elusive Prophet, which received the National Jewish Book Award. He lives in Menlo Park, CA.

♦ ♦ ♦

April

Major review attention National feature coverage Academic and library marketing Online marketing

Biography/Literary Studies/Jewish Studies 320 pp. 13 b/w illus. 6 1/8 x 9 1/4 978-0-300-12649-5 $27.50

23

General Interest

T E R RY E AG L ETO N reflects on the issues that animate Reason, Faith, and Revolution . . .

Religion has wrought untold misery in human affairs. For the most part, it has been a squalid tale of bigotry, superstition, wishful thinking, and oppressive ideology. I therefore have a good deal of sympathy with its rationalist and humanist critics. But it is also the case, as this book argues, that most such critics buy their rejection of religion on the cheap. When it comes to the New Testament, at least, what they usually write off is a worthless caricature of the real thing, rooted in a degree of ignorance and prejudice to match religion’s own. It is as though one were to dismiss feminism on the basis of Clint Eastwood’s opinions of it.

It is with this ignorance and prejudice that I take issue in this book. If the agnostic left cannot afford such intellectual indolence when it comes to the Jewish and Christian scriptures, it is not only because it belongs to justice and honesty to confront your opponent at his or her most convincing. It is also that radicals might discover there some valuable insights into human emanci-

24

General Interest

pation, in an era where the political left stands in dire need of good ideas. I do not invite such readers to believe in these ideas, any more than I myself in the archangel Gabriel, the infallibility of the pope, the idea that Jesus walked on water, or the claim that he rose up into heaven before the eyes of his disciples.

If I try in this book to “ventriloquise” what I take to be a version of the Christian gospel relevant to radicals and humanists, I do not wish to be mistaken for a dummy. But the Jewish and Christian scriptures have much to say about some vital questions—death, suffering, love, self-dispossession, and the like—on which the left has for the most part maintained an embarrassed silence. It is time for this politically crippling shyness to come to an end.

♦

♦

♦

REASON, FAITH, AND REVOLUTION Reflections on the God Debate

Terry Eagleton One of our most influential literary critics challenges atheists such as Richard Dawkins and Christopher Hitchens and argues that reason and faith are not mutually exclusive

T

erry Eagleton’s witty and polemical Reason, Faith, and Revolution is bound to cause a stir among scientists, theologians, people of faith and people of no faith, as well as general readers eager to understand the God Debate. On the one hand, Eagleton demolishes what he calls the “superstitious” view of God held by most atheists and agnostics and offers in its place a revolutionary account of the Christian Gospel. On the other hand, he launches a stinging assault on the betrayal of this revolution by institutional Christianity. There is little joy here, then, either for the anti-God brigade—Richard Dawkins and Christopher Hitchens in particular—nor for many conventional believers. Instead, Eagleton offers his own vibrant account of religion and politics in a book that ranges from the Holy Spirit to the recent history of the Middle East, from Thomas Aquinas to the Twin Towers.

Praise for Terry Eagleton’s The Meaning of Life: A Very Short Introduction “Eagleton, unsurprisingly, has written an elegant, literate, cogent consideration of a maddeningly slippery topic, one whose conclusions run contrary to conventional wisdom, especially in this country.” —Laura Miller, Salon.com

Marketing Highlights ♦ ♦ ♦ ♦

T E R R Y E A G L E T O N is Bailrigg Professor of English Literature at the University of Lancaster, England, and Professor of Cultural Theory at the National University of Ireland, Galway. He lives in Dublin.

Major review attention National television interviews Academic and library marketing Online marketing

April Religion 208 pp. 5 1/2 x 8 1/4 978-0-300-15179-4 $25.00

General Interest

25

THE TAINTED MUSE Prejudice and Presumption in Shakespeare’s Works and Times

Robert Brustein A provocative look at Shakespeare in his age by one of our most influential theater critics

T

his book is a masterful and engaging exploration of both Shakespeare’s works and his age. Concentrating on six recurring prejudices in Shakespeare’s plays—such as misogyny, elitism, distrust of effeminacy, and racism— Robert Brustein examines how Shakespeare and his contemporaries treated them. More than simply a thematic study, the book reveals a playwright constantly exploiting and exploring his own personal stances. These prejudices, Brustein finds, are not unchanging; over time they vary in intensity and treatment. Shakespeare is an artist who invariably reflects the predilections of his age and yet almost always manages to transcend them.

Marketing Highlights ♦ ♦ ♦

Major review attention Academic and library marketing Timed for publication for the Bard’s birthday

Brustein considers the whole of Shakespeare’s plays, from the early histories to the later romances, though he gives special attention to Hamlet, King Lear, Othello, and The Tempest. Drawing comparisons to plays by Marlowe, Middleton, and Marston, Brustein investigates how Shakespeare’s contemporaries were preoccupied with similar themes and how these different artists treated the current prejudices in their own ways. Rather than confining Shakespeare to his age, this book has the wonderful quality of illuminating both what he shared with his time and what is unique about his approach.

R O B E R T B R U S T E I N was founding director of the Yale Repertory Theatre and of the American Repertory Theatre and was drama critic for the New Republic for almost fifty years. He is the author of six plays, eleven adaptations, and sixteen books, including The Theater of Revolt and Millennial Stages: Essays and Reviews, 2001–2005, published by Yale University Press. He lives in Cambridge, MA. 26

General Interest

April

Literary Studies/Drama Studies 272 pp. 5 1/2 x 8 1/4 978-0-300-11576-5 $26.00

ATHEIST DELUSIONS The Christian Revolution and Its Fashionable Enemies

David Bentley Hart Like Timothy Keller in The Reason for God, David Bentley Hart resolutely dismantles the New Atheists’ arguments against Christian belief

C

urrently it is fashionable to be devoutly undevout. Religion’s most passionate antagonists— Christopher Hitchens, Richard Dawkins, Daniel Dennett, Sam Harris, and others—have publishers competing eagerly to market their various denunciations of religion, monotheism, Christianity, and Roman Catholicism. But contemporary antireligious polemics are based not only upon profound conceptual confusions but upon facile simplifications of history or even outright historical ignorance: so contends David Bentley Hart in this bold correction of the distortions. One of the most brilliant scholars of religion of our time, Hart provides a powerful antidote to the New Atheists’ misrepresentations of the Christian past, bringing into focus the truth about the most radical revolution in Western history. Hart outlines how Christianity transformed the ancient world in ways we may have forgotten: bringing liberation from fatalism, conferring great dignity on human beings, subverting the cruelest aspects of pagan society, and elevating charity above all virtues. He then argues that what we term the “Age of Reason” was in fact the beginning of the eclipse of reason’s authority as a cultural value. Hart closes the book in the present, delineating the ominous consequences of the decline of Christendom in a culture that is built upon its moral and spiritual values.

D AV I D B E N T L E Y H A R T is visiting professor, Theology Department, Providence College, and author of several books, including In the Aftermath: Provocations and Laments and The Beauty of the Infinite: The Aesthetics of Christian Truth. He lives in Providence, RI.

“With impressive erudition and polemical panache, David Hart smites hip and thigh the peddlers of a ‘new atheism’ that recycles hoary arguments from the past. His grim assessment of our cultural moment challenges the hope that ‘the Christian revolution’ could happen again.” —Richard John Neuhaus, editor in chief of First Things

Marketing Highlights ♦ ♦ ♦ ♦

Major review attention National media interviews Academic and library marketing Online marketing

April

Religion/Religious History 320 pp. 6 1/8 x 9 1/4 978-0-300-11190-3 $28.00 For sale in North America only

27

General Interest

“Heartbreaking, riveting, A C o n v e r s at i o n w i t h

Peter Cole

AD I N A H O F FMAN

Q: Where does the title of your book come from?

A: It’s from the last two lines of a marvelous poem by Taha Muhammad Ali called “Warning.” In their simple yet somehow intricate way, these words go to the heart of both Taha’s exuberance and his melancholy. The balance that he’s playing with there is a key both to his sly art and to his singular character. Though I’m not sure he intended this, the lines also quietly open out to describe the paradoxical situation in which many Palestinians find themselves—especially after 1948, and especially inside Israel.

Q: How did you become acquainted with Taha’s work?

A: I’ve lived in Jerusalem for the past sixteen years and am one of the editors and publishers of Ibis Editions, a small press that’s based there and that first published Taha’s work in English. It was clear to me immediately that Taha was a remarkable poet. Soon after meeting him, I came to realize that he was also a remarkable person with a remarkable story.

Q: Was there anything particularly exciting about your research?

28

General Interest

A: It entailed a very dynamic kind of detective work: not surprisingly, the same events sound quite different when related in Arabic, Hebrew, or English, and I needed to piece these versions together. My role as historical sleuth continued as I attempted to connect the dots in the archival record with the memories of the dozens of people—peasants, poets, military commanders—I interviewed. Q: Is the focus on Taha alone? A: Not at all. This is in all ways a Life and Times—the chronicle of a family, a village, a culture. It’s also the saga of many other Palestinian writers and of certain Jewish Israelis whose lives have intersected with theirs, for better or worse. Because this is the first biography of a Palestinian writer to be published in any language, I felt strongly that I needed to offer up portraits of a whole range of poets and novelists. This was important not only to put Taha’s life and work in perspective but also because so many of these writers have led absolutely fascinating lives—lives the West, for the most part, knows almost nothing about. ♦

♦

♦

and one of a kind.” —Gerald Stern, National Book Award winner for This Time: New and Selected Poems

MY HAPPINESS BEARS NO RELATION TO HAPPINESS A Poet’s Life in the Palestinian Century

Adina Hoffman This first biography of a Palestinian writer also provides a moving account of the ways “ordinary” individuals are swept up by the floodtides of both war and peace

B

eautifully written, and composed with a novelist’s eye for detail, this book tells the story of an exceptional man and the culture from which he emerged. Taha Muhammad Ali was born in 1931 in the Galilee village of Saffuriyya and was forced to flee during the war in 1948. He traveled on foot to Lebanon and returned a year later to find his village destroyed. An autodidact, he has since run a souvenir shop in Nazareth, at the same time evolving into what National Book Critics Circle Award-winner Eliot Weinberger has dubbed “perhaps the most accessible and delightful poet alive today.” As it places Muhammad Ali’s life in the context of the lives of his predecessors and peers, My Happiness offers a sweeping depiction of a charged and fateful epoch. It is a work that Arabic scholar Michael Sells describes as “among the five ‘must read’ books on the Israel-Palestine tragedy.” In an era when talk of the “Clash of Civilizations” dominates, this biography offers something else entirely: a view of the people and culture of the Middle East that is rich, nuanced, and, above all else, deeply human.

A D I N A H O F F M A N is the author of House of Windows: Portraits from a Jerusalem Neighborhood. Her essays and criticism have appeared in the Nation, the Washington Post, and the Times Literary Supplement and on the BBC. One of the founders and editors of Ibis Editions, she lives in Jerusalem.

“Reading Adina Hoffman’s remarkable book we are consoled that, in the face of terrible brutalities and sufferings, the enduring power of poetry might restore in words—and celebrate—a measure of what has been lost in reality.” —Azar Nafisi, author of Reading Lolita in Tehran

Marketing Highlights ♦ ♦ ♦ ♦ ♦ ♦ ♦

Major review attention National media interviews National feature coverage National author lecture tour Poetry Month (April) promotions Academic and library marketing Online marketing

April

Biography/Cultural Studies/Literature 480 pp. 65 b/w illus. 6 1/8 x 9 1/4 978-0-300-14150-4 $27.50

General Interest

29

FOR THE COMMON GOOD Principles of American Academic Freedom

Matthew W. Finkin and Robert C. Post

An exploration of the meaning of academic freedom in American higher education

D

ebates about academic freedom have become increasingly fierce and frequent. Legislative efforts to regulate American professors proliferate across the nation. Although most American scholars desire to protect academic freedom, they have only a vague and uncertain apprehension of its basic principles and structure. This book offers a concise explanation of the history and meaning of American academic freedom, and it attempts to intervene in contemporary debates by clarifying the fundamental functions and purposes of academic freedom in America. Matthew W. Finkin and Robert C. Post trace how the American conception of academic freedom was first systematically articulated in 1915 by the American Association of University Professors (AAUP) and how this conception was in subsequent years elaborated and applied by Committee A of the AAUP. The authors discuss the four primary dimensions of academic freedom— research and publication, teaching, intramural speech, and extramural speech. They carefully distinguish academic freedom from the kind of individual free speech right that is created by the First Amendment. The authors strongly argue that academic freedom protects the capacity of faculty to pursue the scholar’s profession according to the standards of that profession.

M AT T H E W W. F I N K I N is Albert J. Harno and Edward W. Cleary Chair in Law, The University of Illinois at UrbanaChampaign, College of Law. He lives in Champaign. R O B E R T C . P O S T is David Boies Professor of Law, Yale Law School. He lives in New Haven, CT. 30

General Interest

“At a time when too many of academic freedom’s defenders and critics are unclear about just what academic freedom is—and is not—this historically grounded, lucid formulation of academic freedom’s basic principles is of extraordinary value.” —David A. Hollinger, University of California, Berkeley

Marketing Highlights ♦ ♦

Major review attention Academic and library marketing

April Law 272 pp. 5 1/2 x 8 1/4 978-0-300-14354-6 $27.50

MONEY, MARKETS, AND SOVEREIGNTY Benn Steil and Manuel Hinds

A timely investigation of why currencies rise and fall and the impact of monetary nationalism on globalization

I

n this keenly argued book, Benn Steil and Manuel Hinds offer the most powerful defense of economic liberalism since F. A. Hayek published The Road to Serfdom more than sixty years ago. The authors present a fascinating intellectual history of monetary nationalism from the ancient world to the present and explore why, in its modern incarnation, it represents the single greatest threat to globalization. Steil and Hinds describe the current state of international economic relations as both unusual and precarious. Eras of economic protectionism have historically coincided with monetary nationalism, while eras of liberal trade have been accompanied by a universal monetary standard. But today, the authors show, an unprecedentedly liberal global trade regime operates side by side with the most extreme doctrine of monetary nationalism ever contrived—a situation bound to trigger periodic crises. Steil and Hinds call for a revival of the political and economic thinking that underlay earlier great periods of globalization, thinking that is increasingly under threat by more recent ideas about what sovereignty means.

B E N N S T E I L is senior fellow and director of international economics, Council on Foreign Relations, and founding editor of the journal International Finance. He is the author of Financial Statecraft, published by Yale University Press. He lives in New York City. M A N U E L H I N D S is a business and government consultant and former fellow, Council on Foreign Relations. He has twice served as minister of finance in El Salvador. He is the author of Playing Monopoly with the Devil, published by Yale University Press. He lives in San Salvador.

Marketing Highlights ♦

Major review attention Academic and library marketing

♦

A Council on Foreign Relations Book

♦

April Economics/Globalization 296 pp. 50 b/w illus. 6 1/8 x 9 1/4 978-0-300-14924-1 $29.95

31

General Interest

A C o n v e r s at i o n w i t h

Photo by Yagi Morris

BENN Y MORRIS

this book and 1948: The First Arab-Israeli War?

overnight around 1945. Perhaps a similar trauma would do it for the Arab world. Perhaps.

A: In a way, One State, Two States follows

Q: Are you now more hopeful about the pos-

through on 1948. That is, 1948 is still with us, both in the sense that a two-state solution for the Palestine problem is what the international community and the Israeli left and center still want, and in the sense that the refugee problem, created in that year, remains with us and is the main motor force of Palestinian revanchism.

sibility of resolving the Israeli-Arab conflict?

Q: What do you see as the relation between

Q: Last year, you stated that if Palestine were to accord Israel legitimacy, this conflict would be soluble but that, at present, the Palestinian mindset makes this impossible. How can this mindset be changed?

32

A: No, I do not hold out high hopes for the future, believing that the Palestinian national movement has never accepted, and continues to reject, in its innermost being, a two-state solution, while most Israeli Jews, 99 percent of them, do not agree to a one-state solution and most Arabs will not agree to sharing government in a one-state solution based on parity, so neither solution will come about. So, no, I am not optimistic. Q: What impact do you hope your book will

A: Mindsets can be changed over the long term

have?

through education and gradual osmosis. But this doesn’t seem to be happening among the Palestinians or, for that matter, the Arab world in general. Rather the opposite—these peoples are growing increasingly radicalized, making the requisite change of mindset even less probable in coming decades. Alternatively, mindsets can be changed at a stroke, albeit a very violent stroke, in a critical instant in history—as German and Japanese mindsets changed almost

A: I hope it will propel readers to think about

General Interest

the problem and its possible, or impossible, solutions. And to think about the Jordanian option, which I believe should be resurrected as the only, albeit slim, avenue toward a brighter future.

♦

♦

♦

ONE STATE, TWO STATES Resolving the Israel/Palestine Conflict

Benny Morris

A renowned historian eludes the pitfalls of partisanship and tackles one of the world’s most perplexing and divisive issues

“W

hat is so striking about Morris’s work as a historian is that it does not flatter anyone’s prejudices, least of all his own,” David Remnick remarked in a New Yorker article that coincided with the publication of Benny Morris’s 1948: A History of the First Arab-Israeli War. With the same commitment to objectivity that has consistently characterized his approach, Morris now turns his attention to the present-day legacy of the events of 1948 and the concrete options for the future of Palestine and Israel. The book scrutinizes the history of the goals of the Palestinian national movement and the Zionist movement, then considers the various one- and two-state proposals made by different streams within the two movements. It also looks at the willingness or unwillingness of each movement to find an accommodation based on compromise. Morris assesses the viability and practicality of proposed solutions in the light of complicated and acrimonious realities. Throughout his groundbreaking career, Morris has reshaped understanding of the Israeli-Arab conflict. Here, once again, he arrives at a new way of thinking about the discord, injecting a ray of hope in a region where it is most sorely needed.

B E N N Y M O R R I S is professor of history, Middle East Studies Department, Ben-Gurion University, Israel. He has published many previous books as an author and editor, among them Righteous Victims: A History of the Zionist-Arab Conflict, 1881–2001; The Birth of the Palestinian Refugee Problem Revisited; and Making Israel. He lives in Israel.

Marketing Highlights ♦ ♦ ♦ ♦

♦ ♦

Major review attention Father’s Day promotions National print advertising Cross-promotion with 1948 PB release Academic and library marketing Online marketing

♦ ALSO AVAILABLE BY BENNY MORRIS:

1948: A History of the First Arab-Israeli War Now in paperback (see page 89) Sold more than 12,000 copies in hardcover “A commanding, superbly documented, and fair-minded study of the events that, in the wake of the Holocaust, gave a sovereign home to one people and dispossessed another.”—David Remnick, New Yorker, on 1948

April

History/Current Events/Mideast Studies 256 pp. 6 maps 5 1/2 x 8 1/4 978-0-300-12281-7 $26.00

General Interest

33

A C o n v e r s at i o n w i t h

RU B I N

Amy Price

M I R I

Q: What led you to write a book about Mary? A: Medieval miracle stories often paired Mary and a doubting Jew. Such material prompted me to look at a whole series of questions which had not as yet been addressed by historians. Mary was also always present as I studied the lives of religious women in the Middle Ages. It was extraordinary to me to find that no historian had written a book about Mary in that period. As I began my research almost a decade ago, I discovered that one had to start the story much earlier still, at the very beginning. . . Q: What unique perspective do you bring to the story? A: I believe I bring to this history insights from the broad array of historical interests: history of religion, of town life, of popular culture, of women and gender, of art, and of the cultural impact of Europe on other parts of the world.

cussion draws the link between Mary and the devotions of women; Mother of God traces the making of Mary in theology and liturgy, art and miracles tales, so often made by men.

Q: What impact do you hope your book will have? A: I hope the book will have a variety of effects: that it will inspire a reflection on the deep meaning of the maternal in world cultures; that it will move readers to a richly informed appreciation of their own religious traditions; that non-Christians will come to know the Christian tradition better; that the importance of Mary in Islam will be recognized; that readers will appreciate how much-loved images—like those of Mary—have been used historically to exclude and even incite violence. Above all, I hope that our sense of both continuity and difference from the past will be enriched and deepened.

Q: What in your research surprised you about the subject?

A: The most surprising was probably the degree to which men were attached to Mary, and how deep that filial relationship was. So much scholarship as well as more popular dis-

34

General Interest

♦

♦

♦

MOTHER OF GOD A History of the Virgin Mary

Miri Rubin

A sweeping, ambitious study of the Virgin Mary’s emergence and role throughout Western history

H

ow did the Virgin Mary, about whom very little is said in the Gospels, become one of the most powerful, influential, and complex religious figures in the world? To arrive at the answers to this far-reaching question, one of our foremost medieval historians, Miri Rubin, investigates the ideas, practices, and images that have developed around the figure of Mary from the earliest decades of Christianity to around the year 1600. Drawing on an extraordinarily wide range of sources—including music, poetry, theology, art, scripture, and miracle tales— Rubin reveals how Mary became so embedded in our culture that it is impossible to conceive of Western history without her.

“Miri Rubin shows us the many meanings the Virgin Mary had for people over the centuries in the West and beyond. A miracle of scholarship and great storytelling!” —Natalie Zemon Davis, author of Women on the Margins

Marketing Highlights ♦ ♦

In her rise to global prominence, Mary was continually remade and reimagined by wave after wave of devotees. Rubin shows how early Christians endowed Mary with a fine ancestry; why in early medieval Europe her roles as mother, bride, and companion came to the fore; and how the focus later shifted to her humanity and unparalleled purity. She also explores how indigenous people in Central America, Africa, and Asia remade Mary and so fit her into their own cultures.

♦ ♦ ♦ ♦

Major review attention National feature coverage National media interviews Mother’s Day promotions Academic and library marketing Online marketing

Beautifully written and finely illustrated, this book is a triumph of sympathy and intelligence. It demonstrates Mary’s endless capacity to inspire and her profound presence in Christian cultures and beyond.

M I R I R U B I N is professor of history, Queen Mary University of London. She lives in Cambridge, UK.

April Religion/Religious History 544 pp. 32 color and 8 b/w illus. 6 x 9 978-0-300-10500-1 $35.00 For sale in North America only

General Interest

35

FAULKNER AND LOVE The Women Who Shaped His Art

Judith L. Sensibar In the tradition of Freud’s Women, the deeply moving, untold story of America’s greatest twentieth-century novelist and the three women at the center of his imaginative life

T

his book is about the making of the writer William Faulkner. It is the first to inquire into the three most important women in his life—his black and white mothers, Caroline Barr and Maud Falkner, and the childhood friend who became his wife, Estelle Oldham. In this new exploration of Faulkner’s creative process, Judith L. Sensibar discovers that these women’s relationships with Faulkner were not simply close; they gave life to his imagination. Sensibar brings to the foreground—as Faulkner did—this “female world,” an approach unprecedented in Faulkner biography. Through extensive research in untapped biographical sources—archival materials and interviews with these women’s families and other members of the communities in which they lived—Sensibar transcends existing scholarship and reconnects Faulkner’s biography to his work. She demonstrates how the themes of race, tormented love, and addiction that permeated his fiction had their origins in his three defining relationships with women. Sensibar alters and enriches our understanding not only of Faulkner, his art, and the complex world of the American South that came to life in his brilliant fiction but also of darknesses, fears, and unspokens that Faulkner unveiled in the American psyche.

J U D I T H L . S E N S I B A R is professor emeritus, Department of English, Arizona State University. She is the author of The Origins of Faulkner’s Art (1984), praised as a seminal work in Faulkner scholarship, and of numerous essays on Faulkner and other topics in literary studies. She lives in Chicago. 36

General Interest

“A remarkable work of sleuthing, researching, and interpreting. Sensibar has used every resource in print, and has buttressed all that information with countless oral interviews to provide a myriad of insights into Faulkner.” —Linda Wagner-Martin, University of North Carolina, Chapel Hill

Marketing Highlights ♦

Major review attention

♦

National feature coverage

♦

Academic and library marketing

♦

Online marketing

April Literary Studies/Biography 624 pp. 75 b/w illus. 6 1/8 x 9 1/4 978-0-300-11503-1 $40.00

FIGHTING CANCER WITH KNOWLEDGE AND HOPE A Guide for Patients, Families, and Health Care Providers

Richard C. Frank, M.D. Illustrations by Gale V. Parsons

A leading oncologist demystifies cancer with accurate, accessible, and honest information

A

nyone who is diagnosed with cancer receives a frightening blow, and in many cases the diagnosis is accompanied by a bewildering array of treatment choices. In this invaluable book, Dr. Richard C. Frank offers comfort and help to cancer patients, their families, and their caretakers. Dr. Frank empowers patients by unlocking the mysteries of the disease and explaining in plain language the ways to confront and combat it. An award-winning medical oncologist recognized for his humanitarian approach as well as his research accomplishments, Dr. Frank understands that cancer patients and their families need insight into the disease along with a sense of control. He therefore addresses these vital topics:

“This book simplifies the language of cancer medicine and its related science to a level that allows most patients and family members to understand the important concepts needed to make decisions about treatment and overall care.”—Ann A. Jakubowski, Ph.D., M.D., Memorial Sloan-Kettering Cancer Center

Marketing Highlights ♦

♦ ♦ ♦

♦ ♦

♦ ♦

what cancer is and how it spreads how cancer treatment strategies are chosen how cancer-fighting drugs work to shut down the growth of the disease which factors affect a patient’s prognosis how patients can visualize cancer treatments at work in the body and why this is helpful how to deal with “uncurable” cancer and more.

With a wealth of patient case histories, helpful coping strategies from cancer survivors, and up-to-date information on useful resources, Fighting Cancer is the book cancer patients and their loved ones can turn to with confidence and hope. R I C H A R D C . F R A N K , M . D . , is director of cancer research, Whittingham Cancer Center, Norwalk Hospital, Norwalk, CT, and medical director, Mid-Fairfield Hospice, Wilton, CT. He lives in Fairfield, CT.

♦

♦ ♦

National media interviews National Cancer Month (April) promotions Library marketing Online marketing

♦ Yale University Press Health & Wellness

The Yale University Press Health and Wellness series provides authoritative, accessible books on health-related topics to help readers lead healthier lives

April Health/Medicine 320 pp. 20 b/w illus. 6 1/8 x 9 1/4 paper 978-0-300-15102-2 $18.00 tx 978-0-300-14926-5 $28.00tx

37

General Interest

THE ESSENTIAL HOSPITAL HANDBOOK How to be an Effective Partner in a Loved One’s Care

Patrick Conlon Research shows that supportive family and friends can improve the outcome of a loved one’s hospital stay, but how exactly can they help?

H

ospitalization is often as dismaying and frightening for family members as it is for the patient. And despite a heartfelt desire to understand what is happening and to comfort a sick or injured loved one, too often relatives and friends feel helpless and marginalized by the hospital system. This valuable book is the first to assist families and friends of adult patients to navigate the unfamiliar and intimidating territory of the hospital. It spells out in the clearest terms how a family can form a partnership with medical providers to ensure the best patient care possible, such as:

“Entering the hospital is frightening and disorienting. Patients and loved ones can ease the painful experience by understanding how best to navigate this often confusing environment.”—Julie K. Silver, M.D., author of What Helped Get Me Through: Cancer Survivors Share Wisdom and Hope

Marketing Highlights

♦

Dos and don’ts for interacting with hospital staff

♦

Handy tear-out checklists for managing different stages of care

♦

♦

Glossary of hospital jargon and acronyms

♦

♦

Helpful sidebars answering common questions

♦

Easy-to-use caregiver’s chart and diary

♦

♦

Patrick Conlon’s inspiration for the book was the sudden, frightening hospitalization of his longtime partner, Jim, and his personal struggle to develop a useful role for himself as a caregiver. Here he provides the handbook he wishes he’d had when Jim was admitted to the hospital. Conlon offers encouragement, proven strategies, and straightforward advice—all with the goal of empowering others to become successful care partners at the bedside of their loved ones.

PAT R I C K C O N L O N is an award-winning journalist, author, broadcaster, and public advocate for family-inclusive hospital care. He lives in Toronto. 38 38

General Interest

Off-the-book page features Author lectures Library marketing Online marketing

♦ Yale University Press Health & Wellness

The Yale University Press Health and Wellness series provides authoritative, accessible books on health-related topics to help readers lead healthier lives

May Health/Medicine 288 pp. 6 1/8 x 9 1/4 paper 978-0-300-14576-2 $18.00 cloth 978-0-300-14575-5 $30.00tx

TENOR History of a Voice

John Potter

A lively history of the tenor voice and its extraordinary virtuosos, including Caruso, Bocelli, Pavarotti, and other beloved singers

F

rom its emergence in the sixteenth century to the phenomenon of the “Three Tenors” and beyond, the tenor voice has grown in popularity and esteem. This engaging and authoritative book—the first comprehensive history of tenor singing—presents fascinating details about the world’s great performers, styles of singing in different countries, teachers and music schools, the variety of compositions for the tenor voice, and much more.

“I cannot think of anyone better suited to write on this subject.” —Kenneth Bowen, opera singer

Marketing Highlights John Potter begins by surveying the prehistory of the tenor in the medieval period, when Gregorian chant and early polyphony had implications for a voice-type, and proceeds to the sixteenth century, when singers were first identified as tenors. He focuses on many of the greatest tenors— those who predated the gramophone as well as those whose recorded voices may still be heard—and considers the ways in which each is historically significant. The names range from legendary early figures like Ludwig Schnoor von Carolsfeld (Wagner’s first Tristan) to those more familiar such as Enrico Caruso, Richard Tauber, Mario Lanza, Roberto Alagna, Ian Bostridge, Andrea Bocelli, Il Divo, and, of course, Pavarotti, Domingo, and Carreras. Admirers of the tenor voice will especially appreciate the book’s unique reference section, with bibliographical and discographical/video information on several hundred tenors.

J O H N P O T T E R is reader in music at the University of York. He is also a singer and vocal coach, with a discography of some 150 titles. He lives in York, UK.

♦ ♦

Major review attention Academic and library marketing

May Music 200 pp. 12 b/w illus. 6 1/2 x 9 1/4 978-0-300-11873-5 $35.00

39

General Interest

“One of our most prominent A C o n v e r s at i o n w i t h

Joe Nixon

AD R I AN G O L D S WO RT H Y

Q: How does focusing on an individual life, as in your highly acclaimed Caesar, compare with the sweeping history of empire that you have created in How Rome Fell?

A: It is very different. In a biography the framework of the book naturally follows that of an individual’s life from birth to death—fiftysix years in Caesar’s case. Looking at the decline and fall of the Roman Empire is a much bigger question. The time span I chose covers some four centuries. This makes it a much more complex story to tell, yet this complexity makes it all the more fascinating.

Q: Did you have Gibbon in mind as you wrote?

A: The scale and perception of Gibbon’s work remains awe inspiring. However, Decline and Fall was very much a product of its author and his age—the volumes were released in the shadow of the American Revolution and reflected an eighteenth-century Englishman’s view of society and religion.

Q: How did you determine your starting and ending points? A: Like Gibbon, I begin with the death of Marcus Aurelius in 180, as he is the last emper-

40

General Interest

or for a long period whose character we can know—not least through his famous Meditations. It is also a good point to look at the Empire at this period, when it was clearly at its height. Gibbon, however, continued his narrative into the fifteenth century, ending with the fall of Constantinople to the Ottoman Turks. That marked the end of a state directly descended from the empire of the Caesars. However, the Eastern Roman Empire was already a pale shadow of its united predecessor by the end of the sixth century, even before much of its territory was overrun by the initial conquests of the Muslim Arabs in the seventh century. The theme of How Rome Fell is the process that led to this.

Q: Your subtitle is Death of a Superpower. Are you suggesting a direct correlation between events of Ancient Rome and America in the twenty-first century?

A: No, the situations are, of course, very different. Besides, we need to understand the past on its own terms before drawing lessons from the present and future. ♦

♦

♦

young military historians.”

—John Keegan

HOW ROME FELL Death of a Superpower

Adrian Goldsworthy A major new history of the fall of the Roman Empire, by the prizewinning author of Caesar

I

n AD 200, the Roman Empire seemed unassailable. Its vast territory accounted for most of the known world. By the end of the fifth century, Roman rule had vanished in western Europe and much of northern Africa, and only a shrunken Eastern Empire remained. What accounts for this improbable decline? Here, Adrian Goldsworthy applies the scholarship, perspective, and narrative skill that defined his monumental Caesar to address perhaps the greatest of all historical questions—how Rome fell.

It was a period of remarkable personalities, from the philosopher-emperor Marcus Aurelius to emperors like Diocletian, who portrayed themselves as tough, even brutal, soldiers. It was a time of revolutionary ideas, especially in religion, as Christianity went from persecuted sect to the religion of state and emperors. Goldsworthy pays particular attention to the willingness of Roman soldiers to fight and kill each other. Ultimately, this is the story of how an empire without a serious rival rotted from within, its rulers and institutions putting short-term ambition and personal survival over the wider good of the state. How Rome Fell is a brilliant successor to Goldsworthy’s “monumental” (Atlantic) Caesar.

“Adrian Goldsworthy is one of the new generation of young classicists who combines scholarship with storytelling to bring the ancient world to life.” —Simon Sebag Montefiore

Marketing Highlights

♦

Major review attention National media interviews National print advertising Back ad in paperback reprints of Caesar Backlist promotion of Caesar pb Academic and library marketing Online marketing

♦

ALSO BY ADRIAN GOLDSWORTHY:

♦ ♦ ♦ ♦

♦ ♦

Caesar paper 978-0-300-12689-1 $18.00

An Amazon.com Best Book of 2006 A New York Times Notable Book of the Year Winner of The Society of Military History’s Distinguished Book Award for biography

A D R I A N G O L D S W O R T H Y is the author of many books about the ancient world, including Caesar, The Roman Army at War, and In the Name of Rome. He lectures widely and consults on historical documentaries produced by the History Channel, National Geographic, and the BBC. He lives in Wales.

Sold more than 40,000 copies in hardcover and paperback May History 544 pp. 33 b/w illus. 6 1/8 x 9 1/4 978-0-300-13719-4 $32.50 For sale in the U.S., its territories and dependencies, and the Philippine Islands only

General Interest

41

THE EURO The Politics of the New Global Currency

David Marsh

On the tenth anniversary of the Euro, a look at its tumultuous history—and its future prospects

T

his book is the first comprehensive political and economic account of the birth and development of the Euro. Today the Euro is the supranational currency for fifteen European countries and the world’s second-largest reserve currency. David Marsh tells the story of the rivalries, intrigues, and deal making that brought about a currency for Europe, and he analyzes the achievements and shortcomings of its first decade of existence. While the Euro represents a remarkable triumph of political will, great pressures are building on the single currency. Drawing on more than 100 interviews with leading figures associated with the Euro, and scores of secret documents from international archives, Marsh underscores the Euro’s importance for the global economy, in particular for U.S. and British economic and political agendas.

“An amazingly detailed and thoroughly readable account of the long march to the Euro. This is the stuff of a political thriller: the deal-making behind a currency constructed not just as a financial instrument but also as a way of overcoming centuries of conflict. Anyone interested in European politics and economics, as well as Europe’s place in the wider world, would enjoy it.” —George Soros

Marketing Highlights ♦

Hidden facts and fresh insights from The Euro: ♦

♦

♦ ♦

♦

♦

Major review attention Academic and library marketing

How the legacy of France and Germany’s tortuous relations affects the Euro Why the United Kingdom is unlikely to accept the Euro before 2025 The impact on the Euro of the U.S. credit crisis How the Euro has rebounded against the aspirations of its founders How Italy and Spain have massively lost competitiveness Why radical changes must be adopted to prevent a European upheaval

D AV I D M A R S H is chairman of London & Oxford Capital Markets, an investment bank. He is a frequent contributor to German and British publications, and he lectures widely on political, economic, and business issues. He lives in London. 42

♦

General Interest

May

Economics/Globalization 352 pp. 6 1/8 x 9 1/4 978-0-300-12730-0 $35.00

SPIES The Rise and Fall of the KGB in America

John Earl Haynes, Harvey Klehr, and Alexander Vassiliev From the acclaimed authors of Venona and The Secret Life of American Communism, an unprecedented exposé of Soviet espionage in the United States during the 1930s and ’40s

T

his stunning book, based on KGB archives that have never come to light before, provides the most complete account of Soviet espionage in America ever written. In 1993, former KGB officer Alexander Vassiliev was permitted unique access to Stalin-era records of Soviet intelligence operations against the United States. Years later, living in Britain, Vassiliev retrieved his extensive notebooks of transcribed documents from Moscow. With these notebooks John Earl Haynes and Harvey Klehr have meticulously constructed a new, sometimes shocking, historical account. Along with general insights into espionage tactics and the motives of Americans who spied for Stalin, Spies resolves specific, long-seething controversies. The book confirms, among many other things, that Alger Hiss cooperated with Soviet intelligence over a long period of years, that journalist I. F. Stone worked on behalf of the KGB in the 1930s, and that Robert Oppenheimer was never recruited by Soviet intelligence. Spies also uncovers numerous American spies who were never even under suspicion and satisfyingly identifies the last unaccounted for American nuclear spies. Vassiliev tells the story of the notebooks and his own extraordinary life in a gripping introduction to the volume.

J O H N E A R L H AY N E S is a historian in the Manuscript Division, the Library of Congress. He lives in Kensington, MD. H A R V E Y K L E H R is Andrew W. Mellon Professor of Politics and History, Emory University. He lives in Atlanta, GA. Haynes and Klehr are coauthors with Fridrikh Igorevich Firsov of The Secret World of American Communism, published by Yale University Press. A L E X A N D E R VA S S I L I E V , journalist and coauthor with Allen Weinstein of The Haunted Wood: Soviet Espionage in America, now lives in the UK.

Marketing Highlights ♦ ♦ ♦ ♦ ♦

♦

Major review attention Off-the-book page features Father’s Day promotions Academic and library marketing Online marketing ALSO BY JOHN EARL HAYNES AND HARVEY KLEHR:

Venona paper 978-0-300-08462-7 $21.00 Sold more than 20,000 copies in hardcover and paperback

The Secret World of American Communism paper 978-0-300-06855-9

$23.00tx

May

History/Soviet History 704 pp. 6 1/8 x 9 1/4 978-0-300-12390-6 $35.00

43

General Interest

“Wetware is science for A C o n v e r s at i o n w i t h

Philip Mynott

D E N N I S B R AY

Q: What is your new book about? A: Wetware concerns the computations that go on inside living cells and living organisms.

Q: So how does a living cell—just a blob of jelly—carry out computations?

A: It turns out that the molecules in a cell, particularly the large, complicated molecules such as DNA and proteins, have switchlike properties: they can go from one state to another. This switching is affected by their local environment, which in turn is dictated by other switches, and so on. So you get networks of interacting molecules, like biochemical circuits. It has become clear that these circuits can perform the processes that you’re used to in electronic devices, such as amplification, addition, subtraction, coincidence detection, and the storage of memories.

Q: It sounds like robotics. Are living cells just like machines?

A: They’re certainly not identical, but there is a fertile interplay between the two disciplines. Biologists can learn a lot by looking at what robots can do, and of course much of robotics is inspired by biology.

A: Well, there’s obviously evolutionary continuity. If you think about single amoebae crawling around, they have to find food, avoid noxious substances and predators, or find suitable ecological niches. Early microscopists described in great detail how single-celled organisms behave in many ways like higher animals. When you look into the brains of higher-level animals for the basis for mentation, motivation, and memory, you find that these are built from the same kinds of biochemical circuits as in bacteria and amoebae. Q: What new ideas or perspectives do you hope readers will gain from your book? A: Every age has its metaphors for life: seventeenth century philosophers talked about machines operating by clockwork or hydraulics; in the nineteenth century, electricity and magnetism were in vogue. The twentieth century took us down to the level of molecules and provided explanations based on chemistry. The new idea I hope to get across in Wetware is that these molecules perform logical operations like electronic circuits. It’s a new way of thinking that explains much that is otherwise incomprehensible about living organisms.

Q: How does this relate to what’s happening in the brain?

44

General Interest

♦

♦

♦

the layman at its best.” —Frank M. Harold, author of The Way of the Cell

WETWARE A Computer in Every Living Cell

Dennis Bray In the tradition of Erwin Schrödinger’s What Is Life? and Richard Dawkins’s The Selfish Gene, a distinguished cell biologist explains how living cells perform computations

H

ow does a single-cell creature, such as an amoeba, lead such a sophisticated life? How does it hunt living prey, respond to lights, sounds, and smells, and display complex sequences of movements without the benefit of a nervous system? This book offers a startling and original answer. In clear, jargon-free language, Dennis Bray taps the findings of the new discipline of systems biology to show that the internal chemistry of living cells is a form of computation. Cells are built out of molecular circuits that perform logical operations, as electronic devices do, but with unique properties. Bray argues that the computational juice of cells provides the basis of all the distinctive properties of living systems: it allows organisms to embody in their internal structure an image of the world, and this accounts for their adaptability, responsiveness, and intelligence.

“A provocative topic engaged in fine style by an author in full command of the relevant facts and history. This is a very interesting book.”— Dale Purves, Center for Cognitive Neuroscience and Department of Neurobiology, Duke University

Marketing Highlights ♦ ♦ ♦ ♦

Major review attention Off-the-book page features Academic and library marketing Online marketing

In Wetware, Bray offers imaginative, wide-ranging, and perceptive critiques of robotics and complexity theory, as well as many entertaining and telling anecdotes. For the general reader, the practicing scientist, and all others with an interest in the nature of life, the book is an exciting portal to some of biology’s latest discoveries and ideas.

D E N N I S B R AY is professor emeritus, University of Cambridge, and coauthor of several bestselling and influential texts on molecular and cell biology. In 2007 he was awarded the prestigious European Science Prize in Computational Biology. He lives in Cambridge, UK.

May Science 256 pp. 23 b/w illus. 6 1/8 x 9 1/4 978-0-300-14173-3 $28.00

General Interest

45

AN INSIDER’S GUIDE TO THE UN Second Edition

Linda Fasulo A fully updated and revised edition of the book Tom Brokaw called “must reading for anyone interested in international affairs.”

T

his completely revised edition of Linda Fasulo’s popular guide to the United Nations surveys the world body’s programs and activities, and covers key issues, including human rights, climate change, counterterrorism, nuclear proliferation, peacekeeping, and UN reform. It also offers guidelines for setting up a Model UN. “No one knows the big picture and inner workings of the UN better than Linda Fasulo. This book is a must-read for anyone interested in international affairs.” —Tom Brokaw, NBC News

Marketing Highlights ♦ ♦

Major review attention Academic and library marketing

“With fine journalistic clarity, the author leads readers through the complex organizational structure of the United Nations, shedding light on its mission, evolution, and controversies.” —Christine C. Menefee, School Library Journal

“The indispensable source on the United Nations for everyone from students to diplomats. I keep it handy on my desk.”—Joseph S. Nye, Kennedy School of Government, Harvard University

“[A] wonderful insider’s guide, . . . packed with great information.” — John McLaughlin, on his One on One television program

“One of the best reference guides for those inside and outside the UN system.” —IPS UN Journal (Inter Press Service)

“A living primer for those interested in finding their way around the UN.” —Shashi Tharoor, UN Under-Secretary-General for Public Information

L I N D A FA S U L O is a longtime independent correspondent for National Public Radio (NPR) and NBC News. 46

General Interest

May Current Events 288 pp. 53 b/w illus. 5 1/2 x 8 1/4 paper 978-0-300-14197-9 $17.00 First edition paper (S ‘05) 978-0-300-10762-3

SEASONS OF LIFE The Biological Rhythms That Enable Living Things to Thrive and Survive

Russell G. Foster and Leon Kreitzman From the acclaimed authors of Rhythms of Life, “a lucid and engaging exploration of seasonal rhythms in all living things.” (Jennifer Ackerman)

J

ust as daily events are timed by living creatures through circadian rhythms, so seasonal events are timed through an internal calendar that signals birds to return to nesting grounds, salmon to spawn, plants to flower, squirrels to hibernate, kelp to stop growing. In this fascinating book, Russell G. Foster and Leon Kreitzman draw on remarkable recent scientific advances to explain how seasonal change affects organisms, and how plants and animals over countless generations have evolved exquisite sensitivities and adaptations to the seasons. The authors also highlight the impact of seasonal change on human health and well-being. They conclude with a discussion of the dangers posed when climate changes disrupt the seasonal rhythms on which so much life depends.

Praise for Rhythms of Life: “A fascinating new book. . . .The authors show how the daily patterns known as circadian rhythms . . . influence far more than our sleep. . . .The book traces the century-long quest to unravel their mechanism, with some startling outcomes.” —Anne Underwood, Newsweek

Marketing Highlights

Surprising facts from Seasons of Life: ♦ The timing of human birth has a small but significant

effect on various later life attributes, such as handedness and the susceptibility to many illnesses, including multiple sclerosis and schizophrenia. ♦ Plants have the ability to measure the length of a period of

light, and they germinate, flower, and successfully reproduce by using this information. ♦ Birds migrate not in response to weather changes but by

using an internal calendar. ♦ Until recently, human birth was tightly coupled to the

♦ ♦

Major review attention Academic and library marketing

♦ ALSO AVAILABLE BY RUSSELL G. FOSTER and LEON KREITZMAN:

Rhythms of Life The Biological Clocks that Control the Daily Lives of Every Living Thing paper 978-0-300-10969-6 $19.00

seasons, peaking in many societies in the spring. ♦ Just as internal 24-hour circadian clocks predict daily change,

many animals have a circannual clock in their brains that predicts the seasons. R U S S E L L G . F O S T E R is Professor of Circadian Neuroscience at the University of Oxford and a leading expert on the neuroscience of biological time. He was recently elected as a Fellow of the Royal Society. L E O N K R E I T Z M A N is a science writer and broadcaster, a widely respected futurologist, and author of The 24 Hour Society. The authors live in Oxford and London.

May Science 320 pp. 40 b/w illus. 6 x 9 978-0-300-11556-7 $28.00 For sale in North America only

47

General Interest

ELEANOR OF AQUITAINE Queen of France, Queen of England

Ralph V. Turner

Untangling the myths and legends of many centuries, this biography gives us the real Eleanor—tenacious, defiant, and powerful

E

leanor of Aquitaine’s extraordinary life seems more likely to be found in the pages of fiction. Proud daughter of a distinguished French dynasty, she married the king of France, Louis VII, then the king of England, Henry II, and gave birth to two sons who rose to take the English throne—Richard the Lionheart and John. Renowned for her beauty, hungry for power, headstrong, and unconventional, Eleanor traveled on crusades, acted as regent for Henry II and later for Richard, incited rebellion, endured a fifteen-year imprisonment, and as an elderly widow still wielded political power with energy and enthusiasm. This gripping biography is the definitive account of the most important queen of the Middle Ages. Ralph Turner, a leading historian of the twelfth century, strips away the myths that have accumulated around Eleanor—the “black legend” of her sexual appetite, for example—and challenges the accounts that relegate her to the shadows of the kings she married and bore. Turner focuses on a wealth of primary sources, including a collection of Eleanor’s own documents not previously accessible to scholars, and portrays a woman who sought control of her own destiny in the face of forceful resistance. A queen of unparalleled appeal, Eleanor of Aquitaine retains her power to fascinate even 800 years after her death.

R A L P H V. T U R N E R is emeritus professor of history, Florida State University. He is the author of King John and The Reign of Richard Lionheart, among many other publications on European medieval history. He lives in Tallahassee. 48

General Interest

“Eleanor’s remarkable career is done full justice in this life, which is readable, lively and convincing. It provides insights into many aspects of the twelfth century as well as a radically new assessment of the queen herself. Many myths are exploded, and a thoroughly realistic picture of a politically ambitious and independentminded woman emerges.” —Michael Prestwich, University of Durham

Marketing Highlights ♦ ♦

Major review attention Academic and library marketing

May Biography/History 400 pp. 16 b/w illus. 6 1/8 x 9 1/4 978-0-300-11911-4 $35.00

THE ATMOSPHERE OF HEAVEN The Unnatural Experiments of Dr. Beddoes and his Sons of Genius

Mike Jay The stranger-than-fiction story of the Enlightenment visionaries who discovered the unexpected effects of inhaling nitrous oxide

A

t the Pneumatic Institution in Bristol, England, founded in the closing years of the eighteenth century, dramatic experiments with gases precipitated not only a revolution in scientific medicine but also in the history of ideas. Guided by the energy of maverick doctor Thomas Beddoes, the institution was both laboratory and hospital—the first example of a modern medical research institution. But when its members discovered the mindaltering properties of nitrous oxide, or laughing gas, their experiments devolved into a pioneering exploration of consciousness with far-reaching and unforeseen effects. This riveting book is the first to tell the story of Dr. Beddoes and the brilliant circle who surrounded him: Erasmus Darwin, Samuel Taylor Coleridge, and Robert Southey, who supported his ideas; James Watt, who designed and built his laboratory; Thomas Wedgwood, who funded it; and the dazzling young chemistry assistant, Humphry Davy, who identified nitrous oxide and tested it on himself, with spectacular results. Medical historian Mike Jay charts the chaotic rise and fall of the institution in this fastpaced account, and reveals its crucial influence—on modern drug culture, attitudes toward objective and subjective knowledge, the development of anesthetic surgery, and the birth of the Romantic movement.

M I K E J AY has written extensively on scientific and medical history and is a specialist in the study of drugs. His books include the award-winning The Air Loom Gang: The Strange and True Story of James Tilly Matthews and His Visionary Madness. He lives in London.

Praise for The Air Loom Gang: “The Air Loom Gang is a wonderful book to read, . . . beautifully written, with all the drama, the rich characterization, the subtlety, of a fine novel.” —Oliver Sacks

Marketing Highlights ♦ ♦

Major review attention Academic and library marketing

May History/Science 320 pp. 24 b/w illus. 6 1/8 x 9 1/4 978-0-300-12439-2 $30.00

49

General Interest

THE SACCO-VANZETTI AFFAIR America on Trial

Moshik Temkin

A fresh assessment of the infamous murder case that exploded into an affair of international concern

W

hat began as the obscure local case of two Italian immigrant anarchists accused of robbery and murder flared into an unprecedented political and legal scandal as the perception grew that their conviction was a judicial travesty and their execution a political murder. This book is the first to reveal the full national and international scope of the Sacco-Vanzetti affair, uncovering how and why the two men became the center of a global cause célèbre that shook public opinion and transformed America’s relationship with the world. Drawing on extensive research on two continents, and written with verve, this book connects the Sacco-Vanzetti affair to the most polarizing political and social concerns of its era. Moshik Temkin contends that the worldwide attention to the case was generated not only by the conviction that innocent men had been condemned for their radical politics and ethnic origins but also as part of a reaction to U.S. global supremacy and isolationism after World War I. The author further argues that the international protest, which helped make Sacco and Vanzetti famous men, ultimately provoked their executions. The book concludes by investigating the affair’s enduring repercussions and what they reveal about global political action, terrorism, jingoism, xenophobia, and the politics of our own time.

M O S H I K T E M K I N is an assistant professor at Harvard University’s Kennedy School of Government. Previously he taught American and European history at the École des Hautes Études en Sciences Sociales in Paris and at Columbia University. He lives in Paris and Cambridge, MA. 50

General Interest

“This exemplary international history reveals for the first time the full scope and multiple meanings of the SaccoVanzetti affair.”—Richard Fox, University of Southern California

Marketing Highlights ♦ ♦

Major review attention Academic and library marketing

May History 352 pp. 6 1/8 x 9 1/4 978-0-300-12484-2 $35.00

THE CONSERVATIVES Ideas and Personalities Throughout American History

Patrick Allitt An even-handed, comprehensive assessment of conservative thought in America, from the Constitutional Convention to the present

T

his lively book traces the development of American conservatism from Alexander Hamilton, John Adams, and Daniel Webster, through Abraham Lincoln, Teddy Roosevelt, and Herbert Hoover, to William F. Buckley, Jr., Ronald Reagan, and William Kristol. Conservatism has assumed a variety of forms, historian Patrick Allitt argues, because it has been chiefly reactive, responding to perceived threats and challenges at different moments in the nation’s history.

“Allitt’s writing is lively, and he has a gift for summarizing the complicated ideas he deals with in this welcome history.” —Leo P. Ribuffo, George Washington University

While few Americans described themselves as conservatives before the 1930s, certain groups, beginning with the Federalists in the 1790s, can reasonably be thought of in that way. The book discusses changing ideas about what ought to be conserved, and why. Conservatives sometimes favored but at other times opposed a strong central government, sometimes criticized free-market capitalism but at other times supported it. Some denigrated democracy while others championed it. Core elements, however, have connected thinkers in a specifically American conservative tradition, in particular a skepticism about human equality and fears for the survival of civilization. Allitt brings the story of that tradition to the end of the twentieth century, examining how conservatives rose to dominance during the Cold War. Throughout the book he offers original insights into the connections between the development of conservatism and the larger history of the nation.

PAT R I C K A L L I T T is Goodrich C. White Professor of History and Director of the Center for Teaching and Curriculum at Emory University. He lives in Atlanta.

Marketing Highlights ♦ ♦

Major review attention Academic and library marketing

May History/Politics 304 pp. 6 1/8 x 9 1/4 978-0-300-11894-0 $35.00

General Interest

51

SPAIN, EUROPE AND THE WIDER WORLD, 1500–1800 J. H. Elliott

A vivid and extraordinarily wide-ranging collection of writings by an eminent historian of Spain and its empire

W

hen J. H. Elliott published Spain and Its World, 1500–1700 some twenty years ago, one of many enthusiasts declared, “For anyone interested in the history of empire, of Europe and of Spain, here is a book to keep within reach, to read, to study and to enjoy” (Times Literary Supplement). Since then Elliott has continued to explore the history of Spain and the Hispanic world with originality and insight, producing some of the most influential work in the field. In this new volume he gathers writings that reflect his recent research and thinking on politics, art, culture, and ideas in Europe and the colonial worlds between 1500 and 1800. The volume includes fourteen essays, lectures, and articles of remarkable breadth and freshness, written with Elliott’s characteristic brio. It includes an unpublished lecture in honor of the late Hugh Trevor-Roper. Organized around three themes—early modern Europe, European overseas expansion, and the works and historical context of El Greco, Velázquez, Rubens, and Van Dyck—the book offers a rich survey of the themes at the heart of Elliott’s interests throughout a career distinguished by excellence and innovation.

J . H . E L L I O T T is Regius Professor Emeritus of Modern History, University of Oxford, and author of Spain and Its World, 1500– 1700, published by Yale University Press. He has been the recipient of many honors, including the Wolfson Prize for History, the Prince of Asturias Prize for the Social Sciences, and the Balzan Prize for History. He lives in Oxford, United Kingdom. 52

General Interest

“Elliott is indefatigable in research, comprehensive in his vision, magisterial in arraying material, and unerring in spotting the revealing or representative evidence. In short, his scholarship is as close to flawless as one can find.” —Felipe Fernandez-Armesto, Boston University

Marketing Highlights ♦ ♦

Major review attention Academic and library marketing

♦ ALSO AVAILABLE BY J. H. ELLIOTT:

Empires of the Atlantic World paper 978-0-300-12399-9

$22.00

May History 352 pp. 27 b/w illus. 6 x 9 978-0-300-14537-3 $38.00

CONFUCIUS A Life of Thought and Politics

Annping Chin

Now in paperback, a masterful account of the political life and intellectual development of the moral thinker who has remained a powerful force in China to the present day

F

or more than two thousand years, Confucius has been a fundamental part of China’s history. Yet despite this fame, Confucius the man has been elusive, and what could be called a definitive biography does not exist. In this book, the scholar and writer Annping Chin has negotiated the reconstructions, guesswork, and numerous Chinese texts in order to establish an absorbing and original account of the thinker’s life and legacy. It shows how Confucius lived and thought, along with his habits and inclinations, his relation to his contemporaries, his work as a teacher and as a counselor, his worries about the world and the generations to come. In this book, Chin brings the historical Confucius within reach so that he can lead us to his idea of the moral and to his teachings on family and politics, culture and learning. Confucius is the culmination of years of research, and an important contribution to biography and Chinese history.

“The teachings of Confucius have survived through periods of political upheaval and brutal suppression for some 2500 years. Gleaned from her years of study of fragments of ancient texts, Dr. Chin has sketched a highly readable and thought provoking portrait of the life and times of Confucius.”—Henry A. Kissinger “Confucius even now remains the mind of China, and always returns again, whatever the regime. But he can be difficult for Westerners to apprehend, because our cultures and his are so different. It is one of the strengths of Annping Chin’s Confucius that she clears away most of the difficulties, and allows us to approach an understanding of the sage’s life, work, and sayings. Like Socrates and Jesus, Confucius relied upon the spoken word, with all its nuances of enigmatic wisdom. Annping Chin helps us to recover those nuances, as no one else has.”—Harold Bloom

Marketing Highlights ♦ ♦

A N N P I N G C H I N received her Ph.D. in Chinese Thought from Columbia University. Formerly on the faculty at Wesleyan University, she now teaches in the history department at Yale. She is the author of four previous books.

Major review attention Academic and library marketing May Biography/History 256 pp. 6 1/8 x 9 1/4 paper 978-0-300-15118-3 $14.95 Published in cloth as The Authentic Confucius 978-0-7432-4618-7

General Interest–Paperback

53

GALLIPOLI The End of the Myth

Robin Prior

A decisive account of the dramatic Gallipoli campaign of World War I, with a devastating assessment of its pointless losses

T

he Gallipoli campaign of 1915–16 was an ill-fated Allied attempt to shorten the war by eliminating Turkey, creating a Balkan alliance against the Central Powers, and securing a sea route to Russia. A failure in all respects, the operation ended in disaster, and the Allied forces suffered some 390,000 casualties. This conclusive book assesses the many myths that have emerged about Gallipoli and provides definitive answers to questions that have lingered about the operation.

“History of a very high order. . . . The best account by far of the campaign in 1915–16.”—Jay Winter, Yale University

Marketing Highlights Robin Prior, a renowned military historian, proceeds step by step through the campaign, dealing with naval, military, and political matters and surveying the operations of all the armies involved: British, Anzac, French, Indian, and Turkish. Relying substantially on original documents, including neglected war diaries and technical military sources, Prior evaluates the strategy, the commanders, and the performance of soldiers on the ground. His conclusions are powerful and unsettling: the naval campaign was not “almost” won, and the land action was not bedeviled by “minor misfortunes.” Instead, the badly conceived Gallipoli campaign was doomed from the start. And even had it been successful, the operation would not have shortened the war by a single day. Despite their bravery, the Allied troops who fell at Gallipoli died in vain.

R O B I N P R I O R is visiting professorial fellow, University of Adelaide, and visiting fellow, University of New South Wales, Australian Defence Force Academy. He is coauthor with Trevor Wilson of Passchendale: The Untold Story and The Somme, both published by Yale University Press. He lives in South Australia. 54

General Interest

♦ ♦

Major review attention Academic and library marketing

♦ ALSO AVAILABLE BY ROBIN PRIOR:

The Somme paper 978-0-300-11963-3

$20.00

May History/Military History 304 pp. 16 b/w illus. 6 x 9 978-0-300-14995-1 $35.00

CALVIN Bruce Gordon

A revealing new portrait of John Calvin that captures his human complexity and the sixteenth-century world in which he fought his personal and theological battles

D

uring the glory days of the French Renaissance, young John Calvin (1509–1564) experienced a profound conversion to the faith of the Reformation. For the rest of his days he lived out the implications of that transformation—as exile, inspired reformer, and ultimately the dominant figure of the Protestant Reformation. Calvin’s vision of the Christian religion has inspired many volumes of analysis, but this engaging biography examines a remarkable life. Bruce Gordon presents Calvin as a human being, a man at once brilliant, arrogant, charismatic, unforgiving, generous, and shrewd.

“A very stimulating book—extensive, detailed, in many respects brilliant.” —Euan Cameron, Union Theological Seminary

Marketing Highlights ♦ ♦

The book explores with particular insight Calvin’s self-conscious view of himself as prophet and apostle for his age and his struggle to tame a sense of his own superiority, perceived by others as arrogance. Gordon looks at Calvin’s character, his maturing vision of God and humanity, his personal tragedies and failures, his extensive relationships with others, and the context within which he wrote and taught. What emerges is a man who devoted himself to the Church, inspiring and transforming the lives of others, especially those who suffered persecution for their religious beliefs.

B R U C E G O R D O N is professor of Reformation history, Yale Divinity School. He is author and editor of a number of books, including The Swiss Reformation. He lives in New Haven, CT.

♦

Major review attention Academic and library marketing Timed for Calvin 500th Jubilee promotions

June Biography 400 pp. 12 b/w illus. 6 1/8 x 9 1/4 978-0-300-12076-9 $35.00

55

General Interest

THE MAGNIFICENT MRS. TENNANT David Waller

The discovery of a cache of thousands of letters and dozens of diaries brings to light the untold story of Mrs. Tennant and her glittering social world

G

ertrude Tennant’s life was remarkable for its length (1819–1918), but even more so for the influence she achieved as an unsurpassed London hostess. The salon she established when widowed in her early fifties attracted legions of celebrities, among them William Gladstone and Benjamin Disraeli, Oscar Wilde, Mark Twain, Thomas Huxley, John Everett Millais, Henry James, and Robert Browning. In her youth she had a fling with Gustave Flaubert, and in her later years she became the redoubtable mother-in-law to the explorer Henry Morton Stanley. But as a woman in a male-dominated world, Mrs. Tennant has been remembered mainly as a footnote in the lives of eminent men.

“Gertrude Tennant was not a celebrity in her own right, but her life story and experiences open up a panorama of social and cultural history. David Waller’s account is an engaging and enjoyable read.”—Norma Clarke, author of Dr. Johnson’s Women and The Rise and Fall of the Woman of Letters

Marketing Highlights This book recovers the lost life of Gertrude Tennant, drawing on a treasure trove of recently discovered family papers—thousands of letters, including two dozen original letters from Flaubert to Tennant; dozens of diaries; and many other unpublished documents relating to Stanley and other famous figures of the nineteenth and early twentieth centuries. David Waller presents Gertrude Tennant’s life in colorful detail, placing her not only at the heart of a multigenerational, matriarchal family epic but also at the center of European social, literary, and intellectual life for the best part of a century.

D AV I D WA L L E R , an author and management consultant, has written two previous books and holds a postgraduate degree in Victorian studies from Birkbeck College, University of London. He lives in London. 56

General Interest

♦ ♦

Major review attention Academic and library marketing

July Biography/History 336 pp. 32 b/w illus. 6 x 9 978-0-300-13935-8 $35.00

KNUT HAMSUN Dreamer and Dissenter

Ingar Sletten Kolloen Translated by Erik Skuggevik and Deborah Dawkin

An absorbing biography of Nobel Prize–winning novelist Knut Hamsun, based on a wealth of previously unavailable sources

N

orwegian writer Knut Hamsun (1859–1952), winner of the Nobel Prize for Literature in 1920, was a man both brilliant and controversial. Lauded for his literary achievements by Hemingway, Gide, Hesse, and others, he also provoked outrage for his open collaboration with the Fascists during the German occupation of Norway and for his insistent refusal to renounce his Nazi sympathies. This gripping biography of Hamsun, now available for the first time in English, offers a nuanced account of this morally ambiguous man. Drawing on Hamsun’s extraordinary private archives and on his psychoanalyst’s notes, Ingar Sletten Kolloen delves deeply into Hamsun’s personal life and character. In vivid and telling detail, he describes Hamsun’s early years in a peasant farming family, his tempestuous and jealousy-racked second marriage, his erratic relationship with his children, and his infamous love affair with Nazi Germany, the roots of which Kolloen traces to Hamsun’s earliest days. Much like the characters he created in novels such as Hunger, Growth of the Soil, Mysteries, and Pan, Hamsun was irrational, eccentric, strange, and compelling—a man uncomfortable in his own time.

I N G A R S L E T T E N K O L L O E N won the Norwegian Readers’ Award 2004 for this biography. He has worked as publisher, journalist, commentator, and editor for a number of newspapers. He lives in Norway.

“An authoritative study of Norway’s most gifted novelist. It should help to make the English-speaking world belatedly more aware of the achievements and fate of this extraordinary man.” —Janet Garton, University of East Anglia

Marketing Highlights ♦ ♦

Major review attention Academic and library marketing

July Biography/History 352 pp. 20 b/w illus. 6 1/8 x 9 1/4 978-0-300-12356-2 $40.00

57

General Interest

Previously announced

SMALL WONDER The Little Red Schoolhouse in History and Memory

Jonathan Zimmerman Today a beloved national icon, the one-room schoolhouse has played a variety of roles in America’s popular memory

T

he little red schoolhouse has all but disappeared in the United States, but its importance in national memory remains unshakable. This engaging book examines the history of the one-room school and how successive generations of Americans have remembered—and just as often forgotten—this powerful national icon. Drawing on a rich range of sources, from firsthand accounts to poems, songs, and films, Jonathan Zimmerman traces the evolution of attitudes toward the little red schoolhouse from the late nineteenth century to the present day. At times it was celebrated as a symbol of lost rural virtues or America’s democratic heritage; at others it was denounced as the epitome of inefficiency and substandard academics. And because the one-room school has been a useful emblem for liberal, conservative, and other agendas, the truth of its history has sometimes been stretched. Yet the idyllic image of the schoolhouse still unites Americans. For more than a century, it has embodied the nation’s best aspirations and—especially—its continuing faith in education itself.

J O N AT H A N Z I M M E R M A N is professor of education and history, New York University. His previous books include Innocents Abroad: American Teachers in the American Century and Whose America? Culture Wars in the Public Schools. He lives in Narberth, PA. 58

General Interest

“This beautifully written book makes a unique and original contribution not only to the history of American education, specifically, but to American social history, writ large.” —Jeffrey Mirel, University of Michigan

Marketing Highlights ♦ ♦ ♦

Major review attention Academic and library marketing Back to school promotion

♦ Icons of America What is America? Why is America America? The Icons of America Series aims to answer these questions by telling the immense story of this country through key texts, images, moments, individuals, and events in American history, the seemingly familiar landmarks around which we have shaped our daily lives and which hold an iconic place in our national history and imagination.

July History/Education 256 pp. 15 b/w illus. 5 1/2 x 8 1/4 978-0-300-12326-5 $26.00

Scholarly Books of Interest to the General Trade

Scholarly Books of Interest to the General Trade

59

BIRDS OF PAKISTAN Richard Grimmett, Tom Roberts, and Tim Inskipp

T

his is the first field guide devoted entirely to the birds of Pakistan. Compact yet comprehensive, it is the perfect companion for birders and ornithologists who need a portable tool to assist them in the accurate identification of birds in the field. For easy reference, the descriptive text and map on each bird species appears on the page facing that bird’s illustration. Superb color plates depict hundreds of birds found in Pakistan, and the text offers identification, voice, habitat, range, distribution, and status information for each. The guide also provides summaries of the key characteristics of each bird family, advice on good birdwatching areas, and much more.

R I C H A R D G R I M M E T T is a senior conservation manager at BirdLife International in Cambridge, England, and the author of several field guides to birds of Asia. T O M R O B E R T S lived in Pakistan for many years and is the author of bird and mammal handbooks to Pakistan. T I M I N S K I P P is the author of several field guides, including the groundbreaking Birds of Nepal.

February Nature 288 pp. 93 color illus. 5 1/2 x 8 1/4 paper 978-0-300-15249-4 $40.00sc

“LIBERTY TO THE DOWNTRODDEN” Thomas L. Kane, Romantic Reformer Matthew J. Grow

T

homas L. Kane (1822–1883), a crusader for antislavery, women’s rights, and the downtrodden, rose to prominence in his day as the most ardent and persuasive defender of Mormons’ religious liberty. Though not a Mormon, Kane sought to defend the much-reviled group from the “Holy War” waged against them by evangelical America. His courageous personal intervention averted a potentially catastrophic bloody conflict between federal troops and Mormon settlers in the now nearly forgotten Utah War of 1857–58.

“This is an important book not simply from the perspective of Mormon history but also because it opens to view the extraordinary length and breadth of reform in 19th-century America.” —Jan Shipps, Indiana University–Purdue University Indianapolis

Drawing on extensive, newly available archives, this book is the first to tell the full story of Kane’s extraordinary life. The book illuminates his powerful Philadelphia family, his personal life and eccentricities, his reform achievements, his place in Mormon history, and his career as a Civil War general. Further, the book revises previous understandings of nineteenth-century reform, showing how Kane and likeminded others fused Democratic Party ideology, anti-evangelicalism, and romanticism.

M AT T H E W J . G R O W is assistant professor of history and director of the Center for Communal Studies, University of Southern Indiana. 60

Scholarly Books of Interest to the General Trade

February Biography/History 368 pp. 16 b/w illus. 6 1/8 x 9 1/4 978-0-300-13610-4 $40.00sc

KANDER AND EBB James Leve

C

omposer John Kander and lyricist Fred Ebb collaborated for more than forty years, longer than any such partnership in Broadway history. Together they wrote over twenty musicals. Their two most successful works, Cabaret and Chicago, had critically acclaimed Broadway revivals and were made into Oscar-winning films. This book, the first study of Kander and Ebb, examines their artistic accomplishments as individuals and as a team. Drawing on personal papers and on numerous interviews, James Leve analyzes the unique nature of this collaboration. Leve discusses their contribution to the concept musical; he examines some of their most popular works including Cabaret, Chicago, and Kiss of the Spider Woman; and he reassesses their “flops” as well as their incomplete and abandoned projects. Filled with fascinating information, the book is a resource for students of musical theater and lovers of Kander and Ebb’s songs and shows.

J A M E S L E V E is associate professor of musicology and coordinator of music history, Northern Arizona University. He has a forthcoming textbook on musical theater. He lives in Flagstaff, AZ.

“The first important study of Kander and Ebb. A very useful book, thoughtfully presenting material not otherwise readily available.” —Raymond Knapp, UCLA

♦ Yale Broadway Masters Series

March Music 368 pp. 7 b/w illus. + 45 musical examples 6 1/8 x 9 1/4 978-0-300-11487-4 $40.00sc

BLOOD AND MISTLETOE The History of the Druids in Britain Ronald Hutton

C

rushed by the Romans in the first century A.D., the ancient Druids of Britain left almost no reliable evidence behind. Because of this, historian Ronald Hutton shows, succeeding British generations have been free to reimagine, reinterpret, and reinvent the Druids. Hutton’s captivating book is the first to encompass two thousand years of Druid history and to explore the evolution of English, Scottish, and Welsh attitudes toward the forever ambiguous figures of the ancient Celtic world. Druids have been remembered at different times as patriots, scientists, philosophers, or priests; sometimes portrayed as corrupt, bloodthirsty, or ignorant, they were also seen as fomenters of rebellion. Hutton charts how the Druids have been written in and out of history, archaeology, and the public consciousness for some 500 years, with particular focus on the romantic period, when Druids completely dominated notions of British prehistory. Sparkling with legends and images, filled with new perspectives on ancient and modern times, this book is a fascinating cultural study of Druids as catalysts in British history. R O N A L D H U T T O N is professor of history, University of Bristol, and the author of many books including, most recently, The Druids; Debates in Stuart History; and Witches, Druids, and King Arthur: Studies in Paganism, Myth, and Magic. He lives in Bristol, UK.

“Everything that is known about the druids plus everything that is known about knowing about them! Ronald Hutton uses the quest for the druids as a mirror of how Europeans have seen themselves through the last thousand years. It’s an enormous undertaking performed with even-handedness and a sense of joy in history.”—Terry Jones March History 450 pp. 32 b/w illus. 6 x 9 978-0-300-14485-7 $45.00sc

61

Scholarly Books of Interest to the General Trade

OWLS OF THE WORLD, Second Edition Claus König and Friedhelm Weick

A

ctive only at twilight or in the dark of night, most species of owl are seldom seen. Even the most zealous birders rarely encounter owls, and attempts to identify them are complicated by the number of species that are almost indistinguishable by plumage alone. This comprehensive guide penetrates the mysterious world of owls with full color illustrations, detailed species descriptions, useful information on vocalizations, and much more.

An important reference book as well as identification guide, Owls of the World encompasses the 250 known species and many subspecies of owl, including twelve new species that have been discovered over the last decade. The book features full-color plates depicting every species and distinct subspecies, color morphs, and juvenile plumages. Current distribution maps are also provided. Every ornithologist, birder, and wildlife enthusiast will want to own this essential guide—the most comprehensive and advanced book ever published on owls. C L A U S K Ö N I G is a world authority on owls and has been involved in owl research in Europe, Africa, and South America for forty-five years. He is emeritus professor of zoology at Stuttgart University and was director of Stuttgart’s Museum of Natural History. F R I E D H E L M W E I C K is a professional bird artist specializing in owls and other birds of prey. He has illustrated more than 100 books.

All the facts on: ♦ Identification features, including how

to distinguish similar species ♦ Habitat ♦ Geographical variation ♦ Food, breeding, and habits ♦ Species status and conservation

efforts ♦ The latest owl taxonomy, based on

DNA analysis and vocalizations

♦

Published in association with Christopher Helm/A&C Black Publishers Ltd.

April Nature 512 pp. 68 color plates 6 1/8 x 9 1/4 978-0-300-14227-3 $75.00sc Not for sale in the British Commonwealth (excluding Canada) and the European Union

THE MARVELOUS HAIRY GIRLS The Gonzales Sisters and Their Worlds Merry E. Wiesner-Hanks

T

his book tells the extraordinary story of three sixteenth-century sisters who, along with their father and brothers, were afflicted with an extremely rare genetic condition that made them unusually hairy. Amazingly, the Gonzales sisters were not mocked or shunned, but were welcomed in the courts of Europe, spending much of their lives among nobles, musicians, and artists. Their double identity as humans and beasts made them intriguing, and the girls and their father were the subjects not only of medical investigations but also of a considerable number of portraits, some of which still hang in European castles today. Using the Gonzales family as a lens, historian Merry Wiesner-Hanks examines their varied and wondrous times. The story of this family connects with every important change of their era—political and religious violence, colonial conquest, new forms of scholarship and science—and also provides insights into the complex relationships between beastliness, monstrosity, and gender in early modern life.

M E R R Y E . W I E S N E R - H A N K S is Distinguished Professor of History, University of Wisconsin, Milwaukee. Her many books include Christianity and Sexuality in the Early Modern World and the prizewinning Women and Gender in Early Modern Europe, now in its third edition. She lives in Mequon, WI. 62

Scholarly Books of Interest to the General Trade

“A stimulating and innovative book.” —Charles Zilka, author of The Appearance of Witchcraft

April History 256 pp. 40 b/w illus 5 1/2 x 8 1/2 978-0-300-12733-1 $30.00sc

SELLING THE TUDOR MONARCHY Authority and Image in Sixteenth-Century England Kevin Sharpe

T

he management of image in the service of power is a familiar tool of twenty-first-century politics. Yet as long ago as the sixteenth century, British monarchs deployed what we might now describe as “spin.” In this book a leading historian reveals how Tudor kings and queens sought to enhance their authority by presenting themselves to best advantage. Kevin Sharpe offers the first full analysis of the verbal and visual representations of Tudor power, embracing disciplines as diverse as art history, literary studies, and the history of consumption and material culture. The author finds that those rulers who maintained the delicate balance between mystification and popularization in the art of royal representation—notably Henry VIII and Elizabeth I—enjoyed the longest reigns and often the widest support. But by the end of the sixteenth century, the perception of royalty shifted, becoming less sacred and more familiar and leaving Stuart successors to the crown to deal with a difficult legacy.

“A landmark project, of abiding interest to both scholars and more general readers. . . . A very major piece of scholarship.” —Peter Lake, Princeton University

K E V I N S H A R P E is professor of Renaissance studies and director of the Centre for Renaissance and Early Modern Studies, Queen Mary, University of London. He is author of The Personal Rule of Charles I and Reading Revolutions, both published by Yale University Press.

April History 512 pp. 66 illus. 6 1/8 x 9 1/4 978-0-300-14098-9 $45.00sc

BANNOCKBURN The Triumph of Robert the Bruce David Cornell

F

ew battles resonate through British history as strongly as Bannockburn. On June 24, 1314, the Scots under the leadership of Robert the Bruce unexpectedly trounced the English, leaving thousands dead or wounded. The victory was one of Scotland’s greatest, the more so because the Scottish army was outnumbered by about three to one. The loss for the English, fighting under Edward II, was staggering. In this groundbreaking account of Bannockburn, David Cornell sets the iconic battle in political and military context and focuses new attention on the roles of Robert and Edward in the events leading to the buildup of their armies. The author brings the two-day battle to life and reassesses both the crucial mêlée fought on the second day and the casualties suffered by the English. Filled with colorful detail and fresh insights, the book throws new light on the battle itself, the character of the English defeat, the effect of that defeat on the course of the Anglo-Scottish wars, and the powerful impact of the battle’s legacy on English and Scottish national identity.

“This is an intriguing book, presenting a full and convincing account of Bannockburn. . . . Dramatic, solid, and thoroughly readable.” —Michael Prestwich, author of Armies and Warfare in the Middle Ages

D AV I D C O R N E L L spent several years researching the Anglo-Scottish wars while completing his Ph.D. at Durham University. This is his first book. He lives in Leicester, UK.

April History 320 pp. 16 b/w illus. 6 x 9 978-0-300-14568-7 $45.00sc

63

Scholarly Books of Interest to the General Trade

Yale University Press is pleased to announce that John J. Collins, Holmes Professor of Old Testament Criticism and Interpretation, Yale Divinity School, has been appointed General Editor of the Anchor Yale Bible Series.

PROVERBS 10–31 A New Translation with Introduction and Commentary by Michael V. Fox

T

his volume completes Bible scholar Michael V. Fox’s comprehensive commentary on the book of Proverbs. As in his previous volume on the early chapters of Proverbs, the author here translates and explains in accessible language the meaning and literary qualities of the sayings and poems that comprise the final chapters. He gives special attention to comparable sayings in other wisdom books, particularly from Egypt, and makes extensive use of medieval Hebrew commentaries, which have received scant attention in previous Proverb commentaries. In separate sections set in smaller type, the author addresses technical issues of text and language for interested scholars.

♦ The Anchor Yale Bible Commentaries ♦ The Old Testament

The author’s essays at the end of the commentary view the book of Proverbs in its entirety and investigate its ideas of wisdom, ethics, revelation, and knowledge. Out of Proverbs’ great variety of sayings from different times, Fox shows, there emerges a unified vision of life, its obligations, and its potentials. M I C H A E L V. F O X is Halls-Bascom Professor of Hebrew, University of Wisconsin, Madison. His previous books include Proverbs 1–9, available from Yale University Press. He lives in Madison.

April Religion 704 pp. 6 1/8 x 9 1/4 978-0-300-14209-9 $55.00sc

MARK 8–16 Joel Marcus

I

n the final nine chapters of the Gospel of Mark, Jesus increasingly struggles with his disciples’ incomprehension of his unique concept of suffering messiahship and with the opposition of the religious leaders of his day. The Gospel recounts the events that led to Jesus’ arrest, trial, and crucifixion by the Roman authorities, concluding with an enigmatic ending in which Jesus’ resurrection is announced but not displayed.

♦ The Anchor Yale Bible Commentaries ♦ The New Testament

In this volume New Testament scholar Joel Marcus offers a new translation of Mark 8–16 as well as extensive commentary and notes. He situates the narrative within the context of first-century Palestine and the larger Greco-Roman world; within the political context of the Jewish revolt against the Romans (66–73 C.E.); and within the religious context of the early church’s sometimes rancorous engagement with Judaism, pagan religion, and its own internal problems. For religious scholars, pastors, and interested lay people alike, the book provides an accessible and enlightening window on the second of the canonical Gospels.

J O E L M A R C U S is professor of New Testament and Christian Origins, Duke Divinity School, and the author of Mark 1–8, available from Yale University Press. He lives in Durham, NC. 64

Scholarly Books of Interest to the General Trade

April Religion 656 pp. 6 1/8 x 9 1/4 978-0-300-14116-0 $55.00sc

A MARGINAL JEW: RETHINKING THE HISTORICAL JESUS Volume 4: Law and Love John P. Meier

J

ohn Meier’s previous volumes in the acclaimed series A Marginal Jew are founded upon the notion that while solid historical information about Jesus is quite limited, people of different faiths can nevertheless arrive at a consensus on fundamental historical facts of his life. In this eagerly anticipated fourth volume in the series, Meier approaches a fresh topic—the teachings of the historical Jesus concerning Mosaic Law and morality—with the same rigor, thoroughness, accuracy, and insightfulness on display in his earlier works.

“John Meier is the most distinguished Roman Catholic biographer of Jesus.”—Harold Bloom ♦ Previous volumes in this series:

A Marginal Jew Vol. 1: The Roots of the Problem and the Person ISBN 978- 0-300-14018-7 $55.00sc On the birth, early years of development, and cultural background of Jesus

This volume addresses the teachings of Jesus on major legal topics like divorce, oaths, the Sabbath, purity rules, and the various love commandments in the Gospels. What emerges from Meier’s research is a profile of a complicated first-century Palestinian Jew who, far from seeking to abolish the Law, was deeply engaged in debates about its observance. Only by embracing this portrait of the historical Jesus grappling with questions of the Torah do we avoid the common mistake of constructing Christian moral theology under the guise of studying “Jesus and the Law,” the author concludes.

Vol. 2: Mentor, Message, and Miracles ISBN 978-0-300-14033-0 $55.00sc On John the Baptist’s effect on Jesus, Jesus’ concept of the “kingdom of God,” and the Gospel accounts of Jesus’ miracles

Vol. 3: Companions and Competitors ISBN 978-0-300-14032-3 $75.00sc On the relations between Jesus and those around him—his companions and his competitors

♦ The Anchor Yale Bible Reference Library

J O H N P. M E I E R is William K. Warren Chair Professor of Theology (New Testament), Theology Department, University of Notre Dame. He lives in South Bend, IN.

May Religion 720 pp. 2 maps 6 1/8 x 9 1/4 978-0-300-14096-5 $55.00sc

KINSHIP BY COVENANT A Canonical Approach to the Fulfillment of God’s Saving Promises Scott Hahn

I

n this deeply researched and thoughtful book, Scott Hahn shows how divine covenant, as an overarching theme, makes possible a coherent reading of the diverse traditions found within the canonical scriptures. Biblical covenants, though varied in form and content, all serve the purpose of extending sacred bonds of kinship, Hahn explains. Specifically, divine covenants form and shape a father-son bond between God and the chosen people. Biblical narratives turn on that fact, and biblical theology depends upon it. With meticulous attention to detail, the author demonstrates how divine sonship represents a covenant relationship with God that has been consistent throughout salvation history. A canonical reading of this divine plan reveals an illuminating pattern of promise and fulfillment in both the Old and New Testaments. God’s saving mercies are based upon his sworn commitments, which he keeps even when his people break the covenant.

“Both well-written and exhaustive, this impressive work will fascinate readers with New Testament truths about God’s unyielding covenant with his chosen, fallible people.” —David Noel Freedman

“Scott Hahn’s central idea of covenant and ‘kinship’ (family) proves to be a Rosetta Stone for Scriptural hieroglyphics, and a disarmingly simple one at that. Once you have glanced through this ‘lens,’ you will never see the big picture of salvation history in the same way again.”—Peter Kreeft, Boston College

♦ The Anchor Yale Bible Reference Library

S C O T T H A H N is Pope Benedict XVI Chair of Biblical Theology, St. Vincent Seminary, and professor of scripture and theology, Franciscan University of Steubenville. He is also founder and president of the St. Paul Center for Biblical Theology. Among his many best-selling books is The Lamb’s Supper: The Mass as Heaven on Earth. He lives in Steubenville, OH.

May Religion 704 pp. 6 1/8 x 9 1/4 978-0-300-14097-2 $50.00sc

65

Scholarly Books of Interest to the General Trade

SOFT DESPOTISM, DEMOCRACY’S DRIFT Montesquieu, Rousseau, Tocqueville, and the Modern Prospect Paul A. Rahe

I

n 1989, the Cold War abruptly ended, and it seemed as if the world was at last safe for democracy. But a spirit of uneasiness, discontent, and world-weariness soon arose and has persisted in Europe, in America, and elsewhere for two decades. To discern the meaning of this malaise we must investigate the nature of liberal democracy, says the author of this provocative book, and he undertakes to do so through a detailed investigation of the thinking of Montesquieu, Rousseau, and Tocqueville. Paul A. Rahe argues that these political thinkers anticipated the modern liberal republic’s propensity to drift in the direction of “soft despotism”— a condition that arises within a democracy when paternalistic state power expands and gradually undermines the spirit of self-government. Such an eventuality, feared by Tocqueville in the nineteenth century, has now become a reality throughout the European Union, Canada, Australia, New Zealand, and the United States. So Rahe asserts, and he explains what must be done to reverse this unfortunate trend. PA U L A . R A H E is professor of history and political science at Hillsdale College, and author of Republics Ancient and Modern: Classical Republicanism and the American Revolution and Against Throne and Altar: Machiavelli and Political Theory under the English Republic.

April

History/Political Thought 384 pp. 6 1/8 x 9 1/4 978–0-300–14492–5 $38.00sc

FLORENCE 1900 The Search for Arcadia Bernd Roeck Translated by Stewart Spencer

B

y the end of the nineteenth century, Florence was a key destination for cultured travelers from Europe and America. Writers such as Wilde, Rilke, and Mann; painters such as Degas and Klee; and not least, the young art historian Aby Warburg and his wife, Mary, flocked to Florence to escape the encroachments of modern life at home and to revel in the city’s rich artistic and cultural past. This beguiling book fuses narrative and ideas to consider how the encounter between modernism and Renaissance culture was experienced by both visitors to Florence and its inhabitants. Based on Aby Warburg’s letters, diaries, and notebooks; on Italian and German archives; and on conversations with E. H. Gombrich (director of the famous Institute that Warburg founded), the book is an intimate guide to life in Florence and the theaters, restaurants, galleries, and salons frequented by visiting cultural exiles. At the same time, the book paints an evocative picture of a city at the cusp of the modern age, adjusting to electricity and the motor car on one hand and to social unrest and a clash of cultures on the other.

B E R N D R O E C K is professor of history at the University of Zurich. He lives in Zurich. S T E WA R T S P E N C E R is an acclaimed translator. He lives in London. 66

Scholarly Books of Interest to the General Trade

“Never has the fascination that Florence held for artists and intellectuals been so thoroughly portrayed as here by Bernd Roeck.” —Frankfurter Allgemeine Zeitung

April History 336 pp. 12 b/w illus. 6 1/8 x 9 1/4 978-0-300-09515-9 $35.00sc

THE FEDERALIST PAPERS Alexander Hamilton, James Madison, and John Jay Edited and with an Introduction by Ian Shapiro

T

his authoritative edition of the complete texts of the Federalist Papers, the Articles of Confederation, the U.S. Constitution, and the Amendments to the U.S. Constitution features supporting essays in which leading scholars provide historical context and analysis.

♦ Rethinking the Western Tradition

An introduction by Ian Shapiro offers an overview of the publication of the Federalist Papers and their importance. In three additional essays, John Dunn explores the composition of the Federalist Papers and the conflicting agendas of its authors; Eileen Hunt Botting explains how early advocates of women’s rights, most prominently Mercy Otis Warren, Judith Sargent Murray, and Charles Brockden Brown, responded to the Federalist-Antifederalist debates; and Donald Horowitz discusses the Federalist Papers from the perspective of recent experiments with democracy and constitution-making around the world. These essays both illuminate the original texts and encourage active engagement with them.

I A N S H A P I R O is Sterling Professor of Political Science at Yale University and Henry R. Luce Director of the MacMillan Center for International and Area Studies. His many books include Democratic Justice and The Moral Foundations of Politics, both published by Yale University Press. He lives in Guilford, CT.

April

History/Political Thought 592 pp. 5 1/2 x 8 1/4 paper 978-0-300-11890-2 $20.00sc

SAN MARTÍN Argentinian Soldier, American Hero John Lynch

J

osé de San Martín (1778–1850) was an enigmatic figure—a revolutionary and a conservative, a professional soldier and an intellectual, a taciturn man who nevertheless was able to inspire the peoples of South America to follow his armies and accept his battle strategies. One of the great leaders in the wars for independence, he was a pivotal force in the liberation of Chile and Peru from Spanish rule.

In the first full English-language biography of San Martín in more than half a century, John Lynch shines new light on San Martín and on the story of Spanish America’s revolutionary wars. Lynch offers a series of dramatic set pieces: the Peninsular War, in which San Martín fought the French and learned his military skills; the crossing of the Andes, when his army battled the forces of nature as well as enemy fire; the confrontation with imperial Spain in Peru; and the standoff with Bolívar which led to San Martín’s resignation and exile in Europe. Based on the latest documentation, San Martín enhances our understanding of the modern history of Latin America and one of its most brilliant leaders.

J O H N LY N C H is emeritus professor of Latin American history at the University of London and former director of the Institute of Latin American Studies. He lives in London.

May Biography 320 pp. 16 b/w illus. 6 1/8 x 9 1/4 978-0-300-12643-3 $35.00sc

67

Scholarly Books of Interest to the General Trade

BETWEEN FIRE AND SLEEP Essays on Modern Polish Poetry and Prose Jaroslaw Anders

T

wentieth-century Polish literature is often said to be a “witness to history,” a narrative of the historical and political disasters that visited the nation. In this insightful book, Jaroslaw Anders examines Poland’s modern poetry and fiction and explains that the best Polish writing of the period 1918–1989 was much more than testimony. Rather, it constantly transformed historical experience into metaphysical reflection, a philosophical or religious exploration of human existence.

“Anders’ approach as essayist and guide is highly personal, engaging, and authoritative.” —Daniel Gerould, CUNY

Anders analyzes and contextualizes the work of nine modern Polish writers. These include the “three madmen” of the interwar period— Schulz, Gombrowicz, and Witkiewicz, whom he calls the fathers of Polish modernist prose; the great poets of the war generation—Milosz, Herbert, and Szymborska; Herling-Grudzinski and Konwicki, with their dark philosophical subtexts; and the mystical-ecstatic poet Zagajewski. A collection of essays representing Anders’s thinking over several decades, Between Fire and Sleep offers a fresh understanding of modern Polish literature and cultural identity. J A R O S L AW A N D E R S has served as editor, writer, broadcaster, and producer for Voice of America since 1984. He has translated several books from English into Polish and from Polish into English. He lives in Washington, D.C.

May

Literary Studies/Poetry Studies 224 pp. 5 1/2 x 8 1/4 978-0-300-11167-5 $35.00sc

THE AMERICAN PLAY 1787–2000 Marc Robinson

I

n this brilliant study, Marc Robinson explores more than two hundred years of plays, styles, and stagings of American theater. Mapping the changing cultural landscape from the late eighteenth century to the start of the twenty-first, he explores how theater has—and has not—changed and offers close readings of plays by O’Neill, Stein, Wilder, Miller, and Albee, as well as by important but perhaps lesser known dramatists such as Wallace Stevens, Jean Toomer, Djuna Barnes, and many others. Robinson reads each work in an ambitiously interdisciplinary context, linking advances in theater to developments in American literature, dance, and visual art.

“Rarely has such a good writer on drama undertaken such a project, and even more rarely executed it with such panache.” —Don B. Wilmeth, Editor, Cambridge Guide to American Theatre

The author is particularly attentive to the continuities in American drama, and expertly teases out recurring themes, such as the significance of visuality. He avoids neatly categorizing nineteenth- and twentieth-century plays and depicts a theater more restive and mercurial than has been recognized before. Robinson proves both a fascinating and thought-provoking critic and a spirited guide to the history of American drama. M A R C R O B I N S O N is professor of theater studies, English, and American studies at Yale University and adjunct professor of dramaturgy and dramatic criticism at the Yale School of Drama. He is the author of The Other American Drama and a frequent contributor to theater journals. He lives in Guilford, CT. 68

Scholarly Books of Interest to the General Trade

May Literary Studies/American Studies 416 pp. 20 b/w illus. 6 1/8 x 9 1/4 978-0-300-11649-6 $45.00sc

THE YALE BIOGRAPHICAL DICTIONARY OF AMERICAN LAW Roger K. Newman More than 700 concise biographies of leading figures in the history of American law, from the colonial era to the present day

T

his book is the first to gather in a single volume concise biographies of the most eminent men and women in the history of American law. Encompassing a wide range of individuals who have devised, replenished, expounded, and explained law, The Yale Biographical Dictionary of American Law presents succinct and lively entries devoted to more than 700 subjects selected for their significant and lasting influence on American law. Casting a wide net, editor Roger K. Newman includes individuals from around the country, from colonial times to the present, encompassing the spectrum of ideologies from left-wing to right, and including a diversity of racial, ethnic, and religious groups. Entries are devoted to the living and dead, the famous and infamous, many who upheld the law and some who broke it. Supreme Court justices, private practice lawyers, presidents, professors, journalists, philosophers, novelists, prosecutors, and others— the individuals in the volume are as diverse as the nation itself. Entries written by more than 600 expert contributors outline basic biographical facts on their subjects, offer well-chosen anecdotes and incidents to reveal accomplishments, and include brief bibliographies. Readers will turn to this dictionary as an authoritative and useful resource, but they will also discover a volume that delights and entertains.

R O G E R K . N E W M A N teaches at the Columbia University School of Journalism and has devoted nearly 40 years to studying and writing about the Supreme Court and American law. He is author of Hugo Black: A Biography, which won the Scribes book award and was a finalist for the Pulitzer prize, and editorin-chief of The Constitution and Its Amendments (4 volumes). He lives in the Bronx, New York.

♦ Biographies included in The Yale Biographical Dictionary of American Law:

John Ashcroft Robert H. Bork Bill Clinton Ruth Bader Ginsburg Patrick Henry J. Edgar Hoover James Madison Thurgood Marshall Sandra Day O’Connor Janet Reno Franklin D. Roosevelt Julius and Ethel Rosenberg John T. Scopes O. J. Simpson Alexis de Tocqueville Scott Turow And more than 700 others

May Law 640 pp. 121 b/w photos 7 x 10 978-0-300-11300-6 $75.00sc

Scholarly Books of Interest to the General Trade

69

SQUEEZED What You Don’t Know About Orange Juice

Alissa Hamilton

In the tradition of Fast Food Nation, this book will make you want to stop and think before you ever drink another glass of orange juice

C

lose to three quarters of U.S. households buy orange juice. Its popularity crosses class, cultural, racial, and regional divides. Why do so many of us drink orange juice? How did it turn from a luxury into a staple in just a few years? More important, how is it that we don’t know the real reasons behind OJ’s popularity or understand the processes by which the juice is produced? In this enlightening book, Alissa Hamilton explores the hidden history of orange juice. She looks at the early forces that propelled orange juice to prominence, including a surplus of oranges that plagued Florida during most of the twentieth century and the army’s need to provide vitamin C to troops overseas during World War II. She tells the stories of the FDA’s decision in the early 1960s to standardize orange juice, and of the juice equivalent of the cola wars that followed between Coca-Cola (which owns Minute Maid) and Pepsi (which owns Tropicana). Of particular interest to OJ drinkers will be the revelation that most orange juice comes from Brazil, not Florida, and that even “not from concentrate” orange juice is heated, stripped of flavor, stored for up to a year, and then reflavored before it is packaged and sold. The book concludes with a thoughtprovoking discussion of why consumers have the right to know how their food is produced.

A L I S S A H A M I LT O N is a Woodcock Foundation Food and Society Policy Fellow. She lives in Toronto. 70

Scholarly Books of Interest to the General Trade

May Economics/Food Culture & Studies 288 pp. 12 b/w illus. 5 1/2 x 8 1/4 978-0-300-12471-2 $30.00sc

THE EMPIRE’S NEW CLOTHES A History of the Russian Fashion Industry, 1700–1917 Christine Ruane

I

n 1701 Tsar Peter the Great decreed that all residents of Moscow must abandon their traditional dress and wear European fashion. Those who produced or sold Russian clothing would face “dreadful punishment.” Peter’s dress decree, part of his drive to make Russia more like Western Europe, had a profound impact on the history of Imperial Russia. This engrossing book explores the impact of Westernization on Russia in the eighteenth and nineteenth centuries and presents a wealth of photographs of ordinary Russians in all their finery. Christine Ruane draws on memoirs, mail-order catalogues, fashion magazines, and other period sources to demonstrate that Russia’s adoption of Western fashion had symbolic, economic, and social ramifications and was inseparably linked to the development of capitalism, industrial production, and new forms of communication. This book shows how the fashion industry became a forum through which Russians debated and formulated a new national identity. C H R I S T I N E R U A N E is director of graduate studies and professor of history at the University of Tulsa.

256 pp.

THE ETHIOPIAN REVOLUTION

History/Fashion May 70 b/w + 50 color illus. 9 x 11 $65.00sc 978-0-300-14155-9

♦ Yale Library of Military History

War in the Horn of Africa Gebru Tareke

R

evolution, civil wars, and guerilla warfare wracked Ethiopia during three turbulent decades at the end of the twentieth century. This book is a pioneering study of the military history and political significance of this crucial Horn of Africa region during that period. Drawing on new archival materials and interviews, Gebru Tareke illuminates the conflicts, comparing them to the Russian and Iranian revolutions in terms of regional impact. Writing in vigorous and accessible prose, Tareke brings to life the leading personalities in the domestic political struggles, strategies of the warring parties, international actors, and key battles. He demonstrates how the brutal dictatorship of Mengistu Haile Mariam lacked imagination in responding to crises and alienated the peasantry by destroying human and material resources. And he describes the delicate balance of persuasion and force with which northern insurgents mobilized the peasantry and triumphed. The book sheds invaluable light not only on modern Ethiopia but also on post-colonial state formation and insurrectionary politics worldwide. G E B R U TA R E K E is professor of history at Hobart and William Smith Colleges and author of Ethiopia: Power and Protest: Peasant Revolts in the Twentieth Century. He lives in Rochester, NY.

June History/Military History 448 pp. 8 b/w maps 6 1/8 x 9 1/4 978-0-300-14163-4 $45.00sc

IMPORTING POVERTY Immigration and the Changing Face of Rural America Philip Martin

A

merican agriculture employs some 2.5 million workers during a typical year, most for fewer than six months. Three fourths of these farm workers are immigrants, half are unauthorized, and most will leave seasonal farm work within a decade. What do these statistics mean for farmers, for laborers, for rural America? This book addresses the question by reviewing what is happening on farms and in the towns and cities where immigrant farm workers settle with their families. Philip Martin finds that the business-labor model that has evolved in rural America is neither desirable nor sustainable. He proposes regularizing U.S. farm workers and rationalizing the farm labor market, an approach that will help American farmers stay globally competitive while also improving conditions for farm workers. P H I L I P M A R T I N is professor of agricultural and resource economics, University of California, Davis; chair of the UC Comparative Immigration and Integration Program; and editor of the quarterlies Migration News and Rural Migration News. He is the author of Managing Labor Migration in the TwentyFirst Century, published by Yale University Press. He lives in Davis, CA.

June Economics/Current Events 256 pp. 9 b/w illus. 6 1/8 x 9 1/4 978-0-300-13917-4 $45.00sc

Scholarly Books of Interest to the General Trade

71

THE TRAGEDY OF CHILD CARE IN AMERICA Edward Zigler, Katherine Marsland, and Heather Lord

W

hy the United States has failed to establish a comprehensive high-quality child care program is the question at the center of this book. Edward Zigler has been intimately involved in this issue since the 1970s, and here he presents a firsthand history of the policy making and politics surrounding this important debate.

“This book will help those on both sides of the aisle to frame and justify policy in this area and to better understand the complexity of the issues involved.” —Shannon Christian, former associate commissioner, Child Care Bureau, U.S. Department of Health and Human Services

Good-quality child care supports cognitive, social, and emotional development, school readiness, and academic achievement. This book examines the history of child care policy since 1969, including the inside story of America’s one great attempt to create a comprehensive system of child care, its failure, and the lack of subsequent progress. Identifying specific issues that persist today, Zigler and his coauthors conclude with an agenda designed to lead us successfully toward quality care for America’s children.

E D WA R D Z I G L E R is Sterling Professor of Psychology Emeritus at Yale University and director emeritus of the Yale Edward Zigler Center in Child Development and Social Policy. He lives in North Haven, CT. K AT H E R I N E M A R S L A N D is associate professor of psychology at Southern Connecticut State University. H E AT H E R L O R D is a consultant at the Boston Consulting Group in New York.

June

Public Policy/Psychology 288 pp. 6 1/8 x 9 1/4 978-0-300-12233-6 $40.00sc

PACIFIC ALLIANCE Reviving U.S.–Japan Relations Kent E. Calder

D

espite the enduring importance of the U.S.–Japan security alliance, the broader relationship between the two countries is today beset by sobering new difficulties. In this comprehensive comparative analysis of the transpacific alliance and its political, economic, and social foundations, Kent E. Calder, a leading Japan specialist, asserts that bilateral relations between the two countries are dangerously eroding as both seek broader options in a globally oriented world. Calder documents the quiet erosion of America’s multidimensional ties with Japan as China rises, generations change, and new forces arise in both American and Japanese politics. He then assesses consequences for a twenty-first-century military alliance with formidable coordination requirements, explores alternative foreign paradigms for dealing with the United States, adopted by Britain, Germany, and China, and offers prescriptions for restoring U.S.–Japan relations to vitality once again.

K E N T E . C A L D E R is director of the Reischauer Center for East Asian Studies at SAIS, Johns Hopkins University, Washington, D.C. He has served as special advisor to the U.S. Ambassador to Japan and Japan Chair at the Center for Strategic and International Studies (CSIS). He has also taught and initiated U.S.– Japan research programs at Princeton and Harvard Universities. 72

Scholarly Books of Interest to the General Trade

June Economics/Current Events 288 pp. 26 b/w illus. 6 1/8 x 9 1/4 978-0-300-14672-1 $40.00sc

WRITING SUCCESSFUL SCIENCE PROPOSALS, Second Edition Andrew J. Friedland and Carol L. Folt

T

his fully revised edition of the most authoritative guide to science proposal writing is essential for any scientist embarking on a thesis or grant application. Completely updated and with entirely new chapters on private foundation funding and interdisciplinary research, the book explains each step of the proposal process in detail. Praise for the first edition: “This exceptionally useful and affordable handbook will serve as a refresher to seasoned writers and as a guide and source of encouragement for first-time authors.”—C. L. Sagers, Ecology

“This inexpensive book could prove to be your best investment of the year.”—Bioscience

A N D R E W J . F R I E D L A N D is professor in the environmental studies program at Dartmouth College. C A R O L L . F O LT is dean of the faculty and professor in the department of biological sciences at Dartmouth College.

June Reference/Science 192 pp. 9 b/w illus. 5 1/2 x 8 1/4 paper 978-0-300-11939-8 $18.00sc Previous edition: 978-0-300-08141-1

HITLER’S GIFT TO AMERICAN MUSIC Exiles and Émigrés in Southern California Dorothy Lamb Crawford

T

his book is the first to examine the brilliant gathering of composers, conductors, and other musicians who fled Nazi Germany and arrived in the Los Angeles area. Musicologist Dorothy Lamb Crawford looks closely at the lives, creative work, and influence of sixteen performers, fourteen composers, and one opera stage director, who joined this immense migration beginning in the 1930s. Some in this group were famous when they fled Europe, others would gain recognition in the young musical culture of Los Angeles, and still others struggled to establish themselves in an environment often resistant to musical innovation.

“Dorothy Lamb Crawford offers valuable material on such individuals as Klemperer, Stravinsky, and Schoenberg, and this book does much to highlight lesser-known figures usually forgotten.” —Leon Botstein, president, Bard College

Emphasizing individual voices, Crawford presents short portraits of Igor Stravinsky, Arnold Schoenberg, and the other musicians while also considering their influence as a group—in the film industry, in music institutions in and around Los Angeles, and as teachers who trained the next generation. The book reveals a uniquely vibrant era when Southern California became a hub of unprecedented musical talent. D O R O T H Y L A M B C R AW F O R D has lived and worked in music throughout her career, teaching and lecturing, performing as a singer, directing opera, and hosting broadcast interviews with musicians. The author of Evenings On and Off the Roof, and (with John C. Crawford) of Expressionism in Twentieth-Century Music, she lives in Cambridge, MA.

June Music 320 pp. 25 b/w illus. 6 1/8 x 9 1/4 978-0-300-12734-8 $35.00sc

73

Scholarly Books of Interest to the General Trade

BITE THE HAND THAT FEEDS YOU Essays and Provocations

Henry Fairlie Edited by Jeremy McCarter

A collection of timely essays by one of the most fearless and provocative social observers of his era

H

enry Fairlie was one of the most colorful and trenchant journalists of the twentieth century. The British-born writer made his name on Fleet Street, where he coined the term “The Establishment,” sparred in print with the likes of Kenneth Tynan, and caroused with Kingsley Amis, among many others. In America his writing found a home in the pages of the New Yorker and other top magazines and newspapers. When he died, he was remembered as “quite simply the best political journalist, writing in English, in the last fifty years.”

♦

A New Republic Book

Remarkable for their prescience and relevance, Fairlie’s essays celebrate Winston Churchill, old-fashioned bathtubs, and American empire; they ridicule Republicans who think they are conservatives and yuppies who want to live forever. Fairlie is caustic, controversial, and unwavering— especially when attacking his employers. With an introduction by Jeremy McCarter, Bite the Hand That Feeds You restores a compelling voice that, among its many virtues, helps Americans appreciate their country anew.

Born in England, H E N R Y FA I R L I E (1924–1990) was a frequent contributor to newspapers and magazines including the Washington Post and the New Republic. He was the author of The Seven Deadly Sins Today and other acclaimed books on politics and culture. J E R E M Y M C C A R T E R is a senior writer at Newsweek. He lives in New York. 74

Scholarly Books of Interest to the General Trade

June Essays/Politics 320 pp. 5 1/2 x 8 1/4 978-0-300-12383-8 $30.00sc

LIVING WITH HITLER Liberal Democrats in the Third Reich Eric Kurlander

T

his book addresses key questions about liberal democrats and their activities in Germany from 1933 to the end of the Nazi regime. While it is commonly assumed that liberals fled their homeland at the first sign of jackboots, in reality most stayed. Some even thrived under Hitler, personally as well as professionally. Historian Eric Kurlander examines the motivations, hopes, and fears of liberal democrats—Germans who best exemplified the middle-class progressivism of the Weimar Republic—to discover why so few resisted and so many embraced elements of the Third Reich. German liberalism was not only the opponent and victim of National Socialism, Kurlander suggests, but in some ways its ideological and sociological antecedent. That liberalism could be both has crucial implications for understanding the genesis of authoritarian regimes everywhere. Indeed, Weimar democrats’ prolonged reluctance to oppose the regime demonstrates how easily a liberal democracy may gradually succumb to fascism. E R I C K U R L A N D E R is associate professor of history at Stetson University. He lives in Deland, Florida.

“A provocative study: Eric Kurlander exposes the spaces that liberals and democrats could make for themselves in the Third Reich and explores the aspects of National Socialism that those same liberals and democrats found appealing and even necessary. In this trenchant analysis, liberals are both resilient and complicit.” —Peter Fritzsche, author of Life and Death in the Third Reich July History 288 pp. 16 b/w illus. 6 1/8 x 9 1/4 978-0-300-11666-3 $35.00sc

A SMART ENERGY POLICY An Economist’s Rx for Balancing Cheap, Clean, and Secure Energy James M. Griffin

W

hile everyone wants energy that is clean, cheap, and secure, these goals often conflict: traditional fossil fuels tend to be cheaper than alternative fuels, but they are hardly clean or (in the case of oil) secure. This timely book provides an easy-to-understand explanation of the issues as well as sensible proposals for a truly sustainable energy policy. Economist James Griffin points out that current energy policies are fatally flawed and that government policies should focus on “getting the prices right” so that the prices of fossil fuels reflect their true costs to society—including greenhouse gas and security costs. By using carbon and security taxes, alternative energy forms will be able to compete on a more even playing field against fossil fuels. This will unleash advances in alternative energy and conservation technologies, enabling the marketplace and consumers to find the right balance among energy sources that are cheap, clean, and secure. J A M E S M . G R I F F I N is professor of economics and public policy and holder of the Bob Bullock Chair at the George Bush School of Government and Public Service, Texas A&M University. He lives in College Station, TX.

July Economics 224 pp. 24 b/w illus. 6 1/8 x 9 1/4 978-0-300-14985-2 $35.00sc

75

Scholarly Books of Interest to the General Trade

JESUS AND JUSTICE Evangelicals, Race, and American Politics

Peter Goodwin Heltzel Foreword by Mark Noll

An examination of the rise of political evangelicalism and what it tells us about the relations between religion, race, and politics in America

T

his timely book investigates the increasing visibility and influence of evangelical Christians in recent American politics with a focus on racial justice. Peter Goodwin Heltzel considers four evangelical social movements: Focus on the Family, the National Association of Evangelicals, Christian Community Development Association, and Sojourners. The political motives and actions of evangelical groups are founded upon their conceptions of Jesus Christ, Heltzel contends. He traces the roots of contemporary evangelical politics to the prophetic black Christianity tradition of Martin Luther King, Jr., and the socially engaged evangelical tradition of Carl F. H. Henry. Heltzel shows that the basic tenets of King’s and Henry’s theologies have led their evangelical heirs toward a prophetic evangelicalism in a shade of blue-green—blue symbolizing the tragedy of black suffering in the Americas, and green symbolizing the hope of a prophetic evangelical engagement with poverty, AIDS, and the environment. This fresh theological understanding of evangelical political groups shines new light on the ways evangelicals shape and are shaped by broader American culture.

“A splendid text. Heltzel’s book will be of high interest to any observer of recent and current relations between politics and religion in the U.S.” —Catherine Keller, author of God and Power: Counter-Apocalyptic Journeys

P E T E R G O O D W I N H E LT Z E L is assistant professor of theology, New York Theological Seminary, and an ordained minister in the Christian Church (Disciples of Christ). He lives in New York City. 76

Scholarly Books of Interest to the General Trade

July Religion/Politics 224 pp. 6 1/8 x 9 1/4 978-0-300-12433-0 $30.00sc

A RIGHT TO DISCRIMINATE? How the Case of Boy Scouts of America v. James Dale Warped the Law of Free Association Andrew Koppelman With Tobias Barrington Wolff

S

hould the Boy Scouts of America and other noncommercial associations have a right to discriminate when selecting their members? Does the state have a legitimate interest in regulating the membership practices of private associations? These questions—raised by Boy Scouts of America v. Dale, in which the Supreme Court ruled that the Scouts had a right to expel gay members—are at the core of this provocative book, an in-depth exploration of the tension between freedom of association and antidiscrimination law. The book demonstrates that the “right” to discriminate has a long and unpleasant history. Andrew Koppelman and Tobias Wolff bring together legal history, constitutional theory, and political philosophy to analyze how the law ought to deal with discriminatory private organizations.

A N D R E W K O P P E L M A N is John Paul Stevens Professor of Law and professor of political science at Northwestern University School of Law. He lives in Evanston, IL. T O B I A S B A R R I N G T O N W O L F F is professor of law, University of Pennsylvania Law School. He lives in Philadelphia.

July Law 192 pp. 5 1/2 x 8 1/4 978-0-300-12127-8 $38.00sc

BRITONS Forging the Nation, 1707–1837 Third Edition Linda Colley

H

ow was Great Britain made? And what does it mean to be British? This brilliant and seminal book examines how a more cohesive British nation was invented after 1707 and how this new national identity was nurtured through war, religion, trade, and empire. Lavishly illustrated and powerful, Britons remains a major contribution to our understanding of Britain’s past, and continues to influence ongoing controversies about this polity’s survival and future. This edition contains an extensive new preface by the author.

♦ Winner of the Wolfson History Prize ♦ A New York Times Notable Book

“A sweeping survey, . . . evocatively illustrated and engagingly written.”—Harriet Ritvo, New York Times Book Review “Challenging, fascinating, enormously well informed.” —John Barrell, London Review of Books

“Linda Colley writes with clarity and grace. . . . Her stimulating book will be, and deserves to be influential.” —E. P. Thompson, Dissent

L I N D A C O L L E Y is Shelby M. C. Davis 1958 Professor of History at Princeton University.

May History 448 pp. 81 illus. 5 x 7 3/4 paper 978-0-300-15280-7 $22.00sc Previous edition: 978-0-300-10759-3

77

Scholarly Books of Interest to the General Trade

General Interest –Paperback

78

General Interest–Paperback

THE FUTURE OF THE INTERNET —AND HOW TO STOP IT Jonathan Zittrain With a new Foreword by Lawrence Lessig and a new Preface by the author

Now in paperback: A member of the digerati debunks the reputed invincibility of the internet, warning of the dangers that lie ahead

N

orth Korean radios that are altered to receive only the official stations. Cars that listen in on their owners’ conversations. Digital video recorders ordered to self-destruct in viewers’ homes thanks to a lawsuit against the manufacturer thousands of miles away . . . Now in paperback, this extraordinary book explains the engine that has catapulted the Internet from backwater to ubiquity—and reveals that it is sputtering precisely because of its runaway success. With the unwitting help of its users, the generative Internet is on a path to a lockdown, ending its cycle of innovation—and facilitating unsettling new kinds of control.

“This book is fundamental. It will define the debate about the future of the Internet, long after we haven't stopped it. Absolutely required reading.” —Lawrence Lessig, Professor, Stanford Law School, and author of Remix: Making Art and Commerce Thrive in the Hybrid Economy

Marketing Highlights ♦ ♦

“The most compelling book ever written on why a transformative technology’s trajectory threatens to stifle that technology’s greatest promise for society. Zittrain offers convincing road maps for redeeming that promise.” —Laurence H. Tribe, Carl M. Loeb University Professor and Professor of Constitutional Law, Harvard Law School

♦

♦

National radio campaign National print advertising Online marketing

A Caravan Book. For more information, visit www.caravanbooks.org

“Jonathan Zittrain does what no one has before— he eloquently and subtly pinpoints the magic that makes Wikipedia, and the Internet as a whole, work. The best way to save the Internet is to turn off your laptop until you’ve read this book.” —Jimbo Wales, Founder, Wikipedia

“The thrust of Zittrain’s book is that the shift back toward sterile technology cannot be entirely avoided, though the dangers can be mitigated. . . . Ignore Zittrain’s warnings and we may prove his forecast right.” —Paul Starr, The American Prospect

J O N AT H A N Z I T T R A I N is professor of law at Harvard Law School and co-founder and faculty co-director of the Berkman Center for Internet & Society.

February Current Events/Law 352 pp. 6 b/w illus. 6 1/8 x 9 1/4 paper 978-0-300-15124-4 $17.00 cloth (S ’08) 978-0-300-12487-3 $30.00 For sale in North America only

General Interest–Paperback

79

FORGOTTEN CONTINENT The Battle for Latin America’s Soul Michael Reid

H

ome to half a billion people, the world’s largest reserves of arable land, and 8.5 percent of global oil, Latin America is in the midst of a vast transformation. Michael Reid, a journalist with many years of experience in the region, offers an absorbing analysis of the state of Latin America today. “Probably the best general book available on Latin America, and one not likely to be superseded for some time.” —Mark Falcoff, The Weekly Standard

“A brilliantly researched and annotated work of scholarship.” —Carolyn Curiel, New York Times Book Review

“Excellent. . . . A comprehensive primer on the history, politics, and culture of the hemisphere for those who are not familiar with the region . . . [and] an interesting argument about the state of contemporary Latin American politics for people who already are.”—Francis Fukuyama, Foreign Affairs M I C H A E L R E I D is editor of the Americas section of the Economist. Previously based in Brazil, Mexico, and Peru, he has traveled throughout Latin America and reported for the BBC, the Guardian, and the Economist since 1982.

February Current Events/History 400 pp. 16 b/w illus. 6 1/8 x 9 1/4 paper 978-0-300-15120-6 $20.00 cloth (F ’07) 978-0-300-11616-8 $30.00

BLOOD AND SOIL A World History of Genocide and Extermination from Sparta to Darfur Ben Kiernan

T

he first global history of genocide and extermination from ancient times to the present.

“Ben Kiernan has provided the most extensive history of our genocidal propensities that I have ever read. . . . This is a formidable and important book.”—Michael Ignatieff, New Republic “Humans have been slaughtering each other for thousands of years, but only now is the field of genocide studies blooming. This grim account of history notes remarkable parallels in the patterns of mass slaughter, from Carthage to Darfur. With references to the genocides sanctioned by the Bible, it’s ghastly reading. Yet you also can’t help feeling a measure of progress over the centuries. Today, we’re still far too passive about stopping genocide, but even those leaders who engage in it tend to be embarrassed, rather than boastful.” —Nicholas D. Kristof, New-York Historical Society series “Books That Matter,” New York Times Book Review

B E N K I E R N A N is the A. Whitney Griswold Professor of History, professor of international and area studies, and the founding director of the Genocide Studies Program at Yale University (www.yale.edu/gsp). 80

General Interest–Paperback

♦ ALSO BY BEN KIERNAN:

The Pol Pot Regime Race, Power, and Genocide in Cambodia under the Khmer Rouge, 1975–79, Third Edition paper 978-0-300-14434-5

$25.00sc

February History 768 pp. 38 b/w illus. + 31 maps 6 1/8 x 9 1/4 paper 978-0-300-14425-3 $26.00 cloth (F ’07) 978-0-300-10098-3 $40.00 Not for sale in Australia and New Zealand

THE BRIDGE AT THE EDGE OF THE WORLD Capitalism, the Environment, and Crossing from Crisis to Sustainability

James Gustave Speth Now in paperback from an acclaimed environmentalist, the book Bill McKibben called “an eloquent, accurate, and no-holds-barred brief for change large enough to matter.”

T

he author of Red Sky at Morning would be the first to agree that we are in deep environmental trouble, but he offers hope that there is still time to avert global catastrophe. Gus Speth explores a wide variety of promising and even radical ideas for transforming modern capitalism so as to protect and restore the natural world.

♦ With over 13,000 hardcover copies sold,

The Bridge at the Edge of the World was selected as a Top 5 Environment Book in New England by the Boston Globe and named a 2008 top seller in Environmental Sciences by Yankee Book Peddler Library Services.

“Speth is a maestro—conducting a mighty chorus of voices from a dozen disciplines all of which are calling for transformative change before it is too late. The result is the most compelling plea we have for changing our lives and our politics. And it is a compelling case indeed.”

Marketing Highlights ♦

—Robert F. Kennedy, Jr.

♦

“An extremely probing and thoughtful diagnosis of the root causes of planetary distress.”—Ross Gelbspan, Washington

♦ ♦

Post Book World

“With candor, cadence and clarity, Speth presents a compelling case for prompt action, making this book a mustread on the subject.”—Le-Min Lim, Chicago Tribune

National print advertising Earth Day promotions Academic marketing Online marketing

♦ ALSO AVAILABLE BY JAMES GUSTAVE SPETH:

Red Sky at Morning, Second Edition paper 978-0-300-10776-0

$16.00

“Speth pulls no punches. He offers a sharp, sometimes lacerating critique of the movement he helped establish. . . . [Speth says] ‘the environmental community needs to become a political reform group.’ It’s a call we’re hearing with increasing frequency, but this time it comes from a uniquely authoritative voice.” —Molly Webster, OnEarth Magazine (NRDC)

J A M E S G U S TAV E S P E T H is dean of the School of Forestry and Environmental Studies at Yale University. He was awarded Japan’s Blue Planet Prize for “a lifetime of creative and visionary leadership in the search for science-based solutions to global environmental problems.”

♦

A Caravan Book. For more information, visit www.caravanbooks.org

February

Environment/Economics/Current Events 320 pp. 8 b/w illus. 5 1/2 x 8 1/4 paper 978-0-300-15115-2 $18.00 cloth (S ’08) 978-0-300-13611-1 $28.00

General Interest–Paperback

81

FRANCO AND HITLER Spain, Germany, and World War II Stanley G. Payne

W

as Franco sympathetic to Nazi Germany? Why didn’t Spain enter World War II? In what ways did Spain collaborate with the Third Reich? How much did Spain assist Jewish refugees? Now in paperback, this book answers these intriguing questions. “Immensely detailed and finely argued. . . . It is a study of the entire role of Spain during the war, preceded by an introduction setting out the Civil War and its aftermath with a snap and succinctness that only a master could achieve.” —Richard Eder, Boston Sunday Globe

“Franco and Hitler shatters many myths, especially those fostered by the Franco regime, concerning Spain’s role in the conflict. It is compelling, iconoclastic, and insightful.”—Michael Seidman, author of Republic of Egos: A Social History of the Spanish Civil War

♦

ALSO AVAILABLE BY STANLEY G. PAYNE:

The Collapse of the Spanish Republic, 1933–1936 cloth 978-0-300-11065-4

$45.00sc

S TA N L E Y G . PAY N E is Hilldale-Jaume Vicens Vives Professor of History Emeritus, University of Wisconsin–Madison. He is a world authority on the history of European fascism and is the author of many February History books on Spanish and modern European history, including The Spanish 336 pp. 6 1/8 x 9 1/4 Civil War, the Soviet Union, and Communism and The Collapse of the paper 978-0-300-15122-0 $20.00 Spanish Republic, 1933–1936, both published by Yale University Press. cloth (S ’08) 978-0-300-12282-4 $30.00

THE NEIGHBORHOODS OF QUEENS Claudia Gryvatz Copquin Introduction by Kenneth T. Jackson

T

his up-to-date, intimate portrait of the 99 neighborhoods of Queens is a wonderful tribute to the borough’s past history and present diversity. Detailing the history, people, and cultural activities of each neighborhood, the book is generously illustrated with more than 200 photographs and over 50 new maps. “For anyone who lives in Queens, visits its neighborhoods or remembers it from earlier times, this book is an unsurpassed treasure.”—Linda J. Wilson, The Queens Gazette

♦ ALSO AVAILABLE:

The Neighborhoods of Brooklyn paper 978-0-300-10310-6

The Citizens Committee for New York City helps New Yorkers improve their neighborhoods by providing small grants, workshops, information, and assistance to grassroots volunteer groups throughout the city.

A joint publication of the Citizens Committee for New York City and Yale University Press C L A U D I A G R Y VAT Z C O P Q U I N is an award-winning freelance journalist who immigrated to Queens from South America with her family in the late 1960s. 82

General Interest–Paperback

$21.00

The Encyclopedia of New York City cloth 978-0-300-05536-8

$70.00

♦ Neighborhoods of New York City March Travel/History 300 pp. 225 b/w illus. + 56 maps 8 x 10 paper 978-0-300-15133-6 $22.00 cloth (F ’07) 978-0-300-11299-3 $35.00

TIGHT LINES Ten Years of the Yale Anglers’ Journal Illustrated by James Prosek Edited by Joseph Furia, Wyatt

Golding, David Haltom, Steven Hayhurst, Joseph Kingsbery, and Alexis Surovov With a Foreword by Nick Lyons With a Preface by James Prosek and Joseph Furia

This entertaining and beautifully illustrated anthology celebrating fish and fishing is quite a catch in paperback

Among the contributors to this volume: ♦ ♦

T

his beautifully illustrated anthology presents a selection of 48 stories, recollections, essays, and poems featured in the Yale Anglers’ Journal during its first remarkable decade. Celebrating fish and the experience of fishing, the diverse contributors to the volume include such well-known figures as Jimmy Carter, Skip Morris, William Butler Yeats, and James Prosek, whose original watercolors are nothing short of transcendent.

♦ ♦ ♦ ♦ ♦ ♦ ♦ ♦ ♦ ♦

“Tight Lines is a collection of writings that appeared in the pages of the Journal during its first decade, and a brilliant collection it is, a perfect companion for the long cold months between seasons. And of course, it is illustrated by James Prosek, which fact alone makes it worth the asking price.”—Nick Mills, Maine Today

Skip Morris Jimmy Carter John Hollander Christopher Buckley Dana Lamb Elliot Richardson Ron McFarland Scott Bowen John E. Smelcer Robert Behnke Homer William Butler Yeats

“This is the liveliest collection of angling (and anglingrelated) pieces I have read in a long time. And we can be confident that James Prosek’s wonderful watercolors, included as a bonus here, will be a part of the sport permanently.”—Ian Frazier, author of The Fish’s Eye “The Yale Angler’s Journal is a triumph of literacy and enthusiasm, a combination rarely seen these days.” —Thomas McGuane, author of The Longest Silence: A Life in Fishing

“One of the finest anthologies of contemporary angling I have read in the past 20 years. Tight Lines is full of interesting voices, vivid prose, and wonderfully original takes on the angling passion.”—Christopher Camuto, author of A Fly Fisherman’s Blue Ridge and professor of English at Bucknell University

J A M E S P R O S E K and J O S E P H F U R I A cofounded the Yale March Sports/Nature Anglers’ Journal. J O S E P H F U R I A , S T E V E N H AY H U R S T, 272 pp. 52 color illus. 9 x 6 A L E X I S S U R O V O V, D AV I D H A LT O M , W YAT T G O L D I N G, paper 978-0-300-15140-4 $18.00 cloth (F ’07) 978-0-300-12630-3 $28.00 and J O S E P H K I N G S B E R Y have served as editors of the journal.

General Interest–Paperback

83

THE CRAFTSMAN Richard Sennett Now in paperback, “An inquiring, intelligent look at how the work of the hand informs the work of the mind.” —New York Times Book Review (Editors’ Choice)

N

ow in paperback, The Craftsman names a basic human impulse: the desire to do a job well for its own sake. Although the word may suggest a way of life that waned with the advent of industrial society, Sennett argues that the craftsman’s realm is far broader than skilled manual labor; the computer programmer, the doctor, the parent, and the citizen need to learn the values of good craftsmanship today. ♦ The Craftsman has sold more than 12,000

copies in hardcover in four printings and was named a New York Times Book Reivew Editor’s Choice selection

“[Sennett] compellingly explores the universe of skilled work, where ‘the desire to do a job well done for its own sake’ still flourishes.”—Brian C. Anderson, Wall Street Journal “As Richard Sennett makes clear in this lucid and compelling book, craftsmanship once connected people to their work by conferring pride and meaning. The loss of craftsmanship—and of a society that values it—has impoverished us in ways we have long forgotten but Sennett helps us understand.” —Robert B. Reich, Professor of Public Policy, University of California at Berkeley, and author of Supercapitalism: The Transformation of Business, Democracy, and Everyday Life

Marketing Highlights ♦ ♦

National print advertising Academic marketing

♦ ALSO BY RICHARD SENNETT:

The Culture of the New Capitalism paper 978-0-300-11992-3

$15.00

“Sennett reaches out to the craftsman in all of us.” —James H. Dulebohn, People & Strategy

R I C H A R D S E N N E T T is professor of sociology at New York University and at The London School of Economics. Before becoming a sociologist, he studied music professionally. He has received many awards and honors, most recently the 2006 Hegel Prize for lifetime achievement in the humanities and social sciences. 84

General Interest–Paperback

March History/Sociology 336 pp. 6 1/8 x 9 1/4 paper 978-0-300-15119-0 $18.00 cloth (S ’08) 978-0-300-11909-1 $27.50 For sale in the United States and Canada exclusively.

NAPOLEON The Path to Power Philip Dwyer

N

ow available in paperback, this groundbreaking biography focuses on the thrilling rise of young Napoleon. Debunking many of the myths that Napoleon himself promulgated as an early manipulator of the media, Philip Dwyer sheds new light on Napoleon’s inner life and character and on the twisting path that led from his boyhood in Corsica to the coup that gave him leadership of France at the age of thirty. “This is the best biography of Napoleon that has ever been written in the English language, and conceivably the best biography of Napoleon ever, in any language.” —Charles J. Esdaile, professor of history, University of Liverpool, and author of Napoleon’s Wars ♦ 2008 winner of the National Biography

“Remarkable. . . . A satisfying, psychologically convincing account of Napoleon’s early years and ascent to power. Even-handed and authoritative, this fascinating and highly enjoyable book will be an eye opener even to those who think they know the subject well.”—Adam Zamoyski, Sunday Times of London

P H I L I P D W Y E R is senior lecturer at the University of Newcastle in Australia.

Award of Australia

March Biography 672 pp. 64 b/w illus. + 4 maps 6 1/8 x 9 1/4 paper 978-0-300-15132-9 $23.00 cloth (S ’08) 978-0-300-13754-5 $35.00 For sale in the U.S. only

THE LEGACY OF THE MASTODON The Golden Age of Fossils in America Keith Thomson

A

history of the early days of fossil hunting in America, replete with high adventure, ruthless competitors, and amazing scientific discoveries. “In the mid-1700s frontiersmen uncovered mastodon bones in present-day Kentucky. In this unique and fascinating book, Thomson . . . takes us from the mastodon bones through finds of many unsuspected kinds of animals—tiny ancestors of horses and camels, birds with teeth, cattlelike creatures with claws and, of course, dinosaurs. All this is fascinating, but what makes the book unique is that Thomson links the emergence of the new nation to the discovery of its fossils. Along the way, he turns up many surprising gems.” —Michelle Press, Scientific American

“A delicious read, instructive and amusing. . . . Will entertain anyone who has wondered how we came to know the mastodon and its tribe.” —Ross MacPhee, Nature

K E I T H T H O M S O N is professor emeritus of natural history, University of Oxford, where he also served as director of the Oxford University Museum of Natural History.

♦ ALSO BY KEITH THOMSON

The Young Charles Darwin (see page 9)

Before Darwin Reconciling God and Nature paper 978-0-300-12600-6

$18.00sc

For sale in North America only

April History/Natural History/Archaeology 424 pp. 38 b/w illus. + 6 maps 6 1/8 x 9 1/4 paper 978-0-300-15129-9 $23.00 cloth (S ’08) 978-0-300-11704-2 $35.00

General Interest–Paperback

85

WHY POETRY MATTERS Jay Parini

Now in paperback, a deeply felt meditation on poetry and its place in the world by the noted poet, novelist, and biographer Jay Parini

J

ay Parini knows that poetry doesn’t matter to most people. But he also recognizes this as a serious problem, one which he tackles in this focused and passionate book—now available in paperback—about the nature of poetry and its uses in the world. A primer for the general reader, students, and novices and experts alike, this is a candid and personal plea for the relevance of an art form that lies at the center of Western culture—an art form we need now more than ever.

Marketing Highlights ♦ ♦

“Jay Parini is a commanding presence on the page, whether writing in poetry or prose.” —Donna Seaman, Booklist

“Jay Parini is an ambitious poet whose quiet voice belies his achievement. That achievement is to have taken poetry back to his source, to bring the classical spirit of subtlety and independence into American poetry just when it needs it most.”—Christian Science Monitor

Poetry Month promotions Academic Marketing

♦ Why X Matters Featuring intriguing pairings of authors with subjects, each volume in the Why X Matters series presents a concise argument for the continuing relevance of an important person or idea.

♦

A Caravan Book. For more information, visit www.caravanbooks.org

“Concise, cogent, and convincing, Jay Parini clarifies a complex subject with common sense and uncommon insight. This is a book for both the newcomer and the old hand—a rousing and eloquent survey of an art that goes to the very center of our lives.”—J. D. McClatchy “Jay Parini celebrates not simply poetry but glorious life itself. He shows that poetry can quicken the mind, purge damp melancholy from the cold heart, and spread goldenrod across fallen days.”—Sam Pickering

J AY PA R I N I , a poet, novelist, and biographer, is D. E. Axinn Professor of English at Middlebury College. Among his many books are five volumes of poetry, most recently The Art of Subtraction: New and Selected Poems. His poems, articles, and reviews appear regularly in such journals as the Atlantic, the New Yorker, Harper’s, Poetry, the New York Times Book Review, the Guardian, and the Times Literary Supplement. 86

General Interest–Paperback

March

Poetry Studies/Literary Studies 224 pp. 5 1/4 x 7 3/4 paper 978-0-300-15146-6 $14.00 cloth (S ’08) 978-0-300-12423-1 $24.00

THE LIBRARY AT NIGHT Alberto Manguel

A magnificent understanding of the meaning of libraries in civilization by the internationally acclaimed author and reader, now available in paperback

M

anguel’s creation of an idyllic place to read and store his books on his fifteenth-century property near the Loire becomes a luminous journey through the still-greater library contained within his mind and the many unexpected forms that libraries—with their peculiarly “labyrinthine logic”—have taken through history. “A richly enjoyable book, absolutely enthralling for anyone who loves to read and an inspiration for anybody who has ever dreamed of building a library of his or her own.”

♦

The Library at Night has sold more than 12,000 copies in hardcover in six printings.

—Michael Dirda, Washington Post Book World

Marketing Highlights “The Library at Night is crowded with memorable tales of reading as rescue, as solace, as liberation, in times of want, fear or tyranny. They range from the donkey-back libraries that trek through the mountains of Colombia to the treasured copy of Mann’s The Magic Mountain passed around by inmates of the Bergen-Belsen camp.”

♦ ♦ ♦

National print advertising Reading group outreach Online marketing

—Boyd Tonkin, Independent

“Remarkable.”—Financial Times “For bibliophiles, The Library at Night is a pleasure—especially at this time of expansion, reinvention and internet related uncertainty for libraries. For those like Manguel who are distressed by the amnesia of the Web, this book is also an excellent example of how to rejuvenate the past and continue its conversations.”—Ben Carlson, The Atlantic “The Library at Night is for readers who take books seriously.”—Bob Minzesheimer, USA Today

A L B E R T O M A N G U E L is an internationally acclaimed anthologist, translator, essayist, novelist, and editor, and the author of several award-winning books, including A Dictionary of Imaginary Places and A History of Reading.

April

Literary Studies/Books about Books/History 384 pp. 76 b/w illus. 5 1/2 x 9 paper 978-0-300-15130-5 $17.00 cloth (S ’08) 978-0-300-13914-3 $27.50 Not for sale in Canada

General Interest–Paperback

87

WALL STREET America’s Dream Palace

Steve Fraser With a new introduction by the author

The author of Every Man a Speculator presents a colorful history of America’s love-hate relationship with Wall Street, from the first panic of 1792 to the days of dot.coms and Enron

F

raming this fascinating analysis around the roles of four iconic Wall Street types—the aristocrat, the confidence man, the hero, and the immoralist—Steve Fraser yields surprising insights about how the nation has wrestled, and still wrestles, with fundamental questions of wealth and work, democracy and elitism, greed and salvation.

Marketing Highlights National print advertising

“In this age of agitated amnesiacs, Americans have forgotten that nothing is new—that in other times money and power were forged into a conspiracy against the public. Steve Fraser connects vividly to that past, reminding us that this present financial crisis is not the first time our hearts have been broken by Wall Street peddlers of the American Dream.”—Bill Moyers

♦

“Steve Fraser, the author of . . . the best long cultural history of Wall Street, has now written the best short history.”

What is America? Why is America America? The Icons of America Series aims to answer these questions by telling the immense story of this country through key texts, images, moments, individuals, and events in American history, the seemingly familiar landmarks around which we have shaped our daily lives and which hold an iconic place in our national history and imagination.

—David Nasaw, American Studies

“The history of American attitudes toward the financiers of Wall Street, as shown in newspapers, novels and prosecutions, is the subject of Fraser’s book. It’s a remarkable tale.”—Floyd Norris, New York Times Book Review

♦ Selected for Bill Moyers’s “Be a More

Engaged Citizen” book list, August 2008 ♦ Icons of America

“This book is written with Fraser’s customary panache and scrupulous attention to detail. If you’re after a fascinating take on one of our ultimate icons, this is it.” —Mike Wallace, John Jay College (CUNY), coauthor of Gotham: A History of New York City to 1898

“I don’t know of a better book about Wall Street’s hold on the American imagination. Were it to be listed as a stock on the New York exchange, I’d bet on the quadrupling of its price in the first day’s trading.”—Lewis Lapham

S T E V E F R A S E R is an author, an editor, and a historian. He is cofounder of the American Empire Project, Metropolitan Books. 88

General Interest–Paperback

April History/Cultural History/Business 208 pp. 6 b/w illus. 5 1/2 x 8 1/4 paper 978-0-300-15143-5 $14.00 cloth (S ’08) 978-0-300-11755-4 $22.00

1948 A History of the First Arab-Israeli War

Benny Morris Now available in paperback, Benny Morris’s acclaimed history of the Israeli-Arab war of 1948

T

his groundbreaking account of the 1948 Israeli-Arab war is history at its best: meticulously accurate, objective, and told with drama and flair. Benny Morris demolishes misconceptions and brings to light the political and military facts of the war that led to the birth of the state of Israel and the shattering of Palestinian Arab society. “A commanding, superbly documented, and fair-minded study of the events that, in the wake of the Holocaust, gave a sovereign home to one people and dispossessed another.”—David Remnick, New Yorker “Morris relates the story of his new book soberly and somberly, evenhandedly and exhaustively. . . . An authoritative and fair-minded account of an epochal and volatile event.”—David Margolick, New York Times Book Review “An ambitious, detailed and engaging portrait of the war itself—from its origins to its unresolved aftermath—that further shatters myths on both sides of the Israeli-Arab divide.”—Glenn Frankel, Washington Post Book World

♦

The hardcover edition of 1948 was featured in the New Yorker in a major piece by David Remnick and has sold more than 12,000 copies.

Marketing Highlights ♦

♦

Cross-promotion with hardcover release of One State, Two States National print advertising

♦ ALSO BY BENNY MORRIS:

“This volume is a must read. . . . A courageous narrative.” —Michael Bell, Toronto Globe and Mail

One State, Two States (see pages 32–33)

“This is the best book by far on the war of 1948.” —Benjamin Kedar, The Hebrew University of Jerusalem

B E N N Y M O R R I S is professor of history in the Middle East Studies Department of Ben-Gurion University, Israel. He is the leading figure among Israel’s “New Historians,” who over the past two decades have reshaped our understanding of the Israeli-Arab conflict.

April History 544 pp. 25 b/w illus. + 30 maps 6 1/8 x 9 1/4 paper 978-0-300-15112-1 $22.00 cloth (S ’08) 978-0-300-12696-9 $32.50

General Interest–Paperback

89

THE COMANCHE EMPIRE Pekka Hämäläinen

T

his groundbreaking book uncovers the lost story of the Comanche Indians and the vast and powerful empire they built in the eighteenth and early nineteenth centuries. The volume challenges the idea of indigenous peoples as victims of European expansion and offers a new perspective on the history of the colonization of North America. “Cutting-edge revisionist western history.” —Larry McMurtry, New York Review of Books

“Exhilarating. . . . A nuanced account of the complex social, cultural, and biological interactions that the acquisition of the horse unleashed in North America, and a brilliant analysis of a Comanche social formation that dominated the Southern Plains. The book as a whole is a tour de force.”

♦

Published in association with the William P. Clements Center for Southwest Studies, Southern Methodist University.

♦

The Lamar Series in Western History

—Richard White, author of The Middle Ground: Indians, Empires, and Republics in the Great Lakes Region, 1650–1815

“Hämäläinen succeeds in introducing a new perspective on Southwestern history.”—Library Journal

P E K K A H Ä M Ä L Ä I N E N is associate professor of history, University of California, Santa Barbara.

May History/American Indian Studies 512 pp. 12 b/w illus. + 8 maps 6 1/8 x 9 1/4 paper 978-0-300-15117-6 $22.00 cloth (S ’08) 978-0-300-12654-9 $35.00

WHITE GUARD Mikhail Bulgakov Translated by Marian Schwartz With an Introduction by Evgeny Dobrenko

T

his new translation for the first time offers a complete and accurate English rendition of Mikhail Bulgakov’s first novel. Recounting the saga of a Russian family plunged into the chaos of civil war, Bulgakov contrasts the cruelty and violence of the era with individual acts of humanity, addressing important themes that concerned him throughout his writing life. “With this edition of White Guard, translator Marian Schwartz has done a handsome job of matching Bulgakov’s rich Russian vocabulary and attention to meticulous detail. In a thoughtful introduction, the scholar Evgeny Dobrenko observes that, with the Russian Civil War, ‘history intruded, suddenly and menacingly.’ Bulgakov’s novel evokes the suffering of the conflict and the still greater horrors that lay ahead.” —Joshua Rubenstein, Wall Street Journal

M I K H A I L B U L G A K O V was a prolific Russian novelist and playwright whose works have been hailed as some of the greatest novels of the twentieth century and among the foremost critiques of the Soviet social hierarchy. M A R I A N S C H WA R T Z is a prize-winning translator of Russian. E V G E N Y D O B R E N K O is professor in the Department of Russian and Slavonic Studies at the University of Sheffield. 90

General Interest–Paperback

May Literature 352 pp. 5 1/2 x 8 1/4 paper 978-0-300-15145-9 $18.00 cloth (S ’08) 978-0-300-12242-8 $27.00

THE HAMBURGER A History

Josh Ozersky Be sure to order fries with this sizzling, entertaining history, now being served in paperback

T

his fast-paced and entertaining book unfolds the immense significance of the hamburger as an American icon. Josh Ozersky shows how the history of the burger is entwined with American business and culture and, unexpectedly, how the burger’s story is in many ways the story of the country that invented (and reinvented) it. America has run on hamburgers for almost a century. This is the story of their sizzle and their symbolism, where they came from and how they conquered the world, told with insight, humor, and gusto. “This book is too good and too smart to be categorized as mere ‘food writing.’ It’s like a meeting between Jane & Michael Stern and Ken Burns: bright, funny pop commentary mixed with vivid, rigorously reported American history. All compactly served on a golden-brown bun!” —David Kamp, author of The United States of Arugula

♦

♦ Icons of America What is America? Why is America America? The Icons of America Series aims to answer these questions by telling the immense story of this country through key texts, images, moments, individuals, and events in American history, the seemingly familiar landmarks around which we have shaped our daily lives and which hold an iconic place in our national history and imagination.

“A short, utterly brilliant chronicle of this storied American morsel.”

Marketing Highlights

—Katherine A. Powers, Boston Sunday Globe ♦

“Colorful reading. . . . This is a country that needed something to unite it, and, however improbably, Ozersky convinces us that the hamburger has done just that.”

In hardcover, The Hamburger impressed critics from the Economist and Forbes for its approach to the burger business and was called “a tasty cultural history” by USA Today.

♦

Off-the-book page features Memorial Day grilling promotions

—Holly Brubach, New York Times Magazine

“Lively, well-reported. . . . A tasty cultural history that appreciates the sizzle and symbolism of its subject.”

♦

A Caravan Book. For more information, visit www.caravanbooks.org

—Bob Minzesheimer, USA Today

“Hugely satisfying. . . . Both scholarly and witty.” —Daniel Okrent, Fortune

An American cultural historian and recognized authority on food, J O S H O Z E R S K Y is food editor/online for New York Magazine. He has written for the New York Times, the New York Post, Saveur, and many other publications. His books include Meat Me in Manhattan: A Carnivore’s Guide to New York and Archie Bunker’s America: TV in an Era of Changing Times.

May History/Cultural Studies/Food 160 pp. 15 b/w illus. 5 1/2 x 8 1/4 paper 978-0-300-15125-1 $14.00 cloth (S ’08) 978-0-300-11758-5 $22.00 Not for sale in Australia, New Zealand and their territories

General Interest–Paperback

91

JACOB’S LEGACY A Genetic View of Jewish History David B. Goldstein

I

n this engaging book, a geneticist uses everyday language to explain the science of genetic history and what it can tell us about Jewish history. “To paraphrase the old ad for rye bread, you don’t have to be Jewish to love this book. It is a specific—and gripping—example of how the lens of genetics will eventually inform our understanding of all peoples.”—Michelle Press, Scientific American “Dr. Goldstein is a superb scientist and a captivating storyteller. Jacob’s Legacy is a gem.” —Eric Lander, Director of the Broad Institute of MIT and Harvard, and one of the principal leaders of the Human Genome Project

“[An] important and illuminating book—written with keen intelligence and deep love of its subject. . . . Masterful.” —Jerome Groopman, New Republic

D AV I D B . G O L D S T E I N is professor of molecular genetics and director of the Institute for Genome Science and Policy’s Center for Population Genomics and Pharmacogenetics, Duke University.

May History/Jewish Studies/Science 176 pp. 5 b/w illus. 5 1/2 x 8 1/4 paper 978-0-300-15128-2 $17.00 cloth (S ’08) 978-0-300-12583-2 $26.00

THE AENEID Vergil Translated by Sarah Ruden

T

his extraordinary new translation of the Aeneid stands alone among modern Vergil translations for its accuracy and poetic appeal. Sarah Ruden, a lyric poet in her own right, is the first woman to translate Vergil’s great epic, and she renders the poem in the same number of lines as the original work—a very rare feat that maintains technical fidelity to the original without diminishing its emotional power. “Fast, clean, and clear, sometimes terribly clever, and often strikingly beautiful. . . . Ruden has found ingenious solutions to echo some of Vergil’s great sound effects—solutions I’ve not seen in other translations, prose or verse. . . . Many human achievements deserve our praise, and this excellent translation is certainly one of them.”—Richard Garner, The New Criterion

S A R A H R U D E N ’ S previous translations include Aristophanes’ Lysistrata and Petronius’ Satyricon. She is a visiting scholar at Yale Divinity School. 92

General Interest–Paperback

May

Classics/Poetry/Literature 320 pp. 5 1/2 x 8 1/4 paper 978-0-300-15141-1 $20.00 cloth (S ’08) 978-0-300-11904-6 $30.00

INVENTING A NATION Washington, Adams, Jefferson

Gore Vidal In this newly repackaged paperback, a master stylist of American literature offers a uniquely irreverent take on America’s founding fathers

T

hrough Inventing a Nation, Gore Vidal transports the reader into the minds, the living rooms (and bedrooms), the convention halls, and the salons of George Washington, Thomas Jefferson, and John Adams. We come to know these men, through Vidal’s splendid and percipient prose, in ways we have not up to now—their opinions of one another, their worries about money, their concerns about creating a viable democracy.

♦

“He has brought a novelist’s gifts to history . . . and a graceful, wicked stiletto to the polemical public essay. Now, in Inventing a Nation, Gore Vidal swirls these talents together for a brief, idiosyncratic (of course) conversation about three American founders: Washington, Jefferson and Adams.”—Richard Eder, New York Times “Trust Gore Vidal to teach us things we never learned in school. In Inventing a Nation, his quick wit flickers over the canonical tale of our republic’s founding, turning it into a dark and deliciously nuanced comedy of men, manners, and ideas.” —Amanda Heller, Boston Sunday Globe

“An unblinking view of our national heroes by one who cherishes them, warts and all.” —Edmund S. Morgan, New York Review of Books

G O R E V I D A L , novelist, essayist, and playwright, is one of America’s great men of letters. Among his many books are United States: Essays 1951–1991 (winner of the National Book Award), Burr: A Novel; Lincoln; and Perpetual War for Perpetual Peace.

With more than 100,000 hardcover and paperback copies sold, Inventing a Nation is a New York Times and Los Angeles Times bestseller and was called “pure Vidal” by the Los Angeles Times Book Review

Marketing Highlights ♦ ♦

July 4th promotions Academic marketing

♦ Icons of America What is America? Why is America America? The Icons of America Series aims to answer these questions by telling the immense story of this country through key texts, images, moments, individuals, and events in American history, the seemingly familiar landmarks around which we have shaped our daily lives and which hold an iconic place in our national history and imagination.

June History 208 pp. 5 x 8 paper (F ‘04) 978-0-300-10592-6 $14.00 cloth (F ’03) 978-0-300-10171-3 $22.00sc

General Interest–Paperback

93

NETWORK POWER The Social Dynamics of Globalization David Singh Grewal

D

rawing on several centuries of political and social thought, David Grewal shows how globalization is best understood in terms of a power inherent in social relations, which he calls network power. Using this framework, he demonstrates how our standards of social coordination both gain in value the more they are used and undermine the viability of alternative forms of cooperation. “Excellent.”—Roger Cohen, International Herald Tribune “A splendid book. Grewal’s account of network power is elegant and compelling, and his approach to debates on globalization is bold.” —Jedediah Purdy, author of For Common Things and Being America

“A brilliant and subtle book. . . . It may [offer] the richest and most hard-headed explanation yet of the relationship between globalisation and diversity.”

♦

A Caravan Book. For more information, visit www.caravanbooks.org

—Christopher Caldwell, Financial Times

“This is a major, learned and wide-ranging contribution to our understanding of the processes of globalization. An indispensable work.”—Stanley Hoffmann, Harvard University D AV I D S I N G H G R E WA L holds a J.D. from Yale Law School and is currently a doctoral student in the Department of Government, Harvard University, and a fellow of the Project on Justice, Welfare, and Economics.

June Cultural Studies/Political Thought/Economics 416 pp. 6 1/8 x 9 1/4 paper 978-0-300-15134-3 $18.00 cloth (S ’08) 978-0-300-11240-5 $30.00

THE ARAB CENTER The Promise of Moderation Marwan Muasher

O

ne of Jordan’s top diplomats provides an insider’s perspective on the promise and perils of taking the “middle road” toward peace in the Middle East. Marwan Muasher recounts the details of diplomatic efforts over the past two decades and discusses what must be done to encourage the development of moderate, pragmatic Arab voices.

“This book is a must read to understand how to address the challenges facing the Middle East today.” —President Bill Clinton

“Few Arab thinkers are better positioned to discuss the challenge to moderation in the Middle East, and I hope that Marwan Muasher’s distinguished voice of reason and pragmatism will be heard well beyond our region.” —His Majesty King Abdullah II of Jordan

“A gem of memoir as history.”—L. Carl Brown, Foreign Affairs M A R WA N M U A S H E R has held many high-level positions within the government of Jordan, including deputy prime minister, foreign minister, ambassador to the United States, and first Jordanian ambassador to Israel. 94

General Interest–Paperback

June Current Events/History 336 pp. 21 b/w illus. + 4 maps 6 1/8 x 9 1/4 paper 978-0-300-15114-5 $20.00 cloth (S ’08) 978-0-300-12300-5 $30.00

HITLER, THE GERMANS, AND THE FINAL SOLUTION Ian Kershaw

A

deeply insightful social history of Hitler’s rise to power and the attitudes of the German people during the era of the Third Reich.

“Ian Kershaw, the author of a magisterial two-volume biography of Hitler, has spent the last quarter-century trying to explain Nazism’s origins and appeals. By bringing together 14 essays written . . . between 1983 and 2006, Hitler, The Germans, and the Final Solution provides a splendid summary of his accomplishments. In a characteristically candid and thoughtful introduction, Kershaw reflects on how his views have changed in response to new scholarly challenges and opportunities.” —James J. Sheehan, Washington Post Book World

“A comprehensive view of the destructive force of the Nazi leadership and of the attitudes and behavior of Germans in the persecution of the Jews. . . . A precise and sensitive account.” —Booklist

I A N K E R S H AW is a highly acclaimed historian and professor of modJune History ern history at the University of Sheffield. He is well known for his writings 400 pp. 6 1/8 x 9 1/4 on Nazi Germany, especially his definitive two-volume biography of Adolf paper 978-0-300-15127-5 $22.00 Hitler, Hitler, 1889–1936: Hubris and Hitler, 1936–1945: Nemesis. cloth (S ’08) 978-0-300-12427-9 $35.00

WHY ARENDT MATTERS Elisabeth Young-Bruehl

I

n this book—now available in paperback—Hannah Arendt’s prizewinning biographer provides a concise and fascinating guide to the core of the great political philosopher’s work. Elisabeth Young-Bruehl shows how the ideas Arendt developed in the wake of the Second World War are deeply connected to the contemporary world, through consideration of crucial topics such as totalitarianism, terrorism, globalization, war, and “radical evil.” “Young-Bruehl repeatedly and successfully unpacks Arendt’s views of such concepts as action, power, forgiveness, judgment, radical evil, revolution, and the human condition itself.” —Carlin Romano, Chronicle of Higher Education

♦ Finalist for the C. Wright Mills

Award sponsored by the Society for the Study of Social Problems

“A text both clear and urgent.” —Lawrence Weschler, author of Everything that Rises: A Book of Convergences

♦ ALSO BY ELISABETH YOUNG-BRUEHL: ♦ Why X Matters

Hannah Arendt, Second Edition

Featuring intriguing pairings of authors with subjects, each volume in the Why X Matters series presents a concise argument for the continuing relevance of an important person or idea.

paper 978-0-300-10588-9

$23.00sc

Anna Freud, Second Edition paper 978-0-300-14023-1

$20.00

E L I S A B E T H Y O U N G - B R U E H L is a faculty member at the Columbia July Essays/Biography Center for Psychoanalytic Training and Research and a practicing psycho240 pp. 5 1/4 x 7 3/4 analyst. She received her Ph.D. in philosophy under Hannah Arendt’s paper 978-0-300-13619-7 $14.00 supervision at the Graduate Faculty of the New School for Social Research. cloth (F ’07) 978-0-300-12044-8 $22.00

General Interest–Paperback

95

Scholarly Books of Interest to the General Trade –Paperback

96

Scholarly Books of Interest to the General Trade–Paperback

THE ESSENTIAL REINHOLD NIEBUHR Selected Essays and Addresses Edited and Introduced by Robert McAfee Brown

T

heologian, ethicist, and political analyst, Reinhold Niebuhr was a towering figure of twentieth-century religious thought. Now newly repackaged, this important book gathers the best of Niebuhr’s essays together in a single volume. Selected, edited, and introduced by Robert McAfee Brown—a student and friend of Niebuhr’s and himself a distinguished theologian—the works included here testify to the brilliant polemics, incisive analysis, and deep faith that characterized the whole of Niebuhr’s life. “The Essential Reinhold Niebuhr is a treasure of little-known essays and sermons framed by a brilliant introduction. It reminds us, once again, how eloquently Niebuhr speaks to the problems of our age.” —Peter Beinart, Senior Fellow, Council on Foreign Relations

“To return to these penetrating reflections is to be reminded yet again of the intellectual void—still today unfilled—left by Reinhold Niebuhr’s passing.”—Andrew J. Bacevich, Boston University (on the new edition)

As pastor of a parish in Detroit and then as professor of Christian ethics at Union Theological Seminary, R E I N H O L D N I E B U H R became widely known for his forceful expression of Protestant faith and its relaFebruary Religion 264 pp. 6 1/8 x 9 1/4 tion to liberal social thought. R O B E R T M C A F E E B R O W N was paper 978-0-300-04001-2 (F ‘87) $20.00sc professor of theology and ethics at the Pacific School of Religion.

WE SHALL OVERCOME A History of Civil Rights and the Law Alexander Tsesis

T

he history of America’s successes and failures in the battles for civil rights, from the Revolutionary period to today.

“One of our leading constitutional scholars superbly demonstrates how the struggle for civil rights in the United States has evolved over the past two centuries. His sweeping synthesis provides a perfect foundation for understanding why the issues surrounding minority rights and grievances remain such a dominant force in our nation today.” —David Oshinsky, University of Texas

“All citizens would be wise to read We Shall Overcome.” —Eleanor J. Bader, New York Law Journal

“A full, thoughtful, and readable history of civil rights in the United States.” —Michael Les Benedict, author of The Blessings of Liberty

A L E X A N D E R T S E S I S is assistant professor of law at Loyola University of Chicago, School of Law.

April History/Law 384 pp. 6 1/8 x 9 1/4 paper 978-0-300-15144-2 $23.00sc cloth (S ’08) 978-0-300-11837-7 $35.00

Scholarly Books of Interest to the General Trade–Paperback

97

BLOOD SPORT Hunting in Britain since 1066 Emma Griffin

T

his lively book recounts the long and colorful history of hunting in Britain, from William the Conqueror’s establishment of royal forests to the fierce debates provoked by the Hunting with Dogs Act of 2004.

“[A] brilliant work of social history. . . . Excellent breadth, readability, and erudition. Highly recommended.” —Choice

“Thorough and insightful. . . . Endlessly fascinating.”—James Delingpole, Literary Review “Emma Griffin’s incisively argued and highly entertaining study fills a major gap in the social history of [Great Britain].”—Tim Blanning, author of The Pursuit of Glory: Europe 1648–1815

E M M A G R I F F I N is lecturer in history, University of East Anglia.

History 296 pp. 32 b/w illus. paper 978-0-300-14545-8 cloth (F ’07) 978-0-300-11628-1

February 5 x 7 3/4 $25.00tx $55.00tx

THE MYTH OF AMERICAN DIPLOMACY National Identity and U.S. Foreign Policy Walter L. Hixson

I

n this provocative book—now made available in paperback—Walter L. Hixson presents a major re-conceptualization of the history of U.S. foreign policy, how it reflects our national identity, and why it so regularly involves the use of military force. “A major accomplishment. . . . Hixson’s book is the best kind of synthesis. It pulls together several decades of scholarship into a sorely-needed single narrative. Themes of religion, race, gender, modernization, and nationalism emerge as undeniable influences on U.S. foreign policy.”—Christopher Endy, SHAFR Passport “Hixson’s message may be one we are better off hearing now, before it is too late.” —Timothy Renick, Christian Century

WA LT E R L . H I X S O N is professor and chair, Department of History, University of Akron. He has published numerous books and articles on the history of U.S. foreign policy, including the prize-winning book George F. Kennan: Cold War Iconoclast.

March History 392 pp. 9 b/w illus. 6 1/8 x 9 1/4 paper 978-0-300-15131-2 $23.00sc cloth (S ’08) 978-0-300-11912-1 $35.00

SPIRITUAL RADICAL Abraham Joshua Heschel in America, 1940–1972 Edward K. Kaplan

I

n this powerful sequel to Abraham Joshua Heschel: Prophetic Witness, Edward Kaplan tells the story of Heschel’s life and work in America after his escape from Nazism.

“This religiously contentious world needs the noble witness of Abraham Joshua Heschel more than ever. Edward K. Kaplan’s lucid and compelling account of Heschel’s life in America is an urgently important book.” —James Carroll, author of House of War

“Kaplan has managed to capture the magnitude of the man—and that is the real achievement of this book. . . . Spellbinding.”—Jack Riemer, Jerusalem Post ♦ Winner of the 2007 National Jewish Book Award in the American Jewish Studies category March Biography E D WA R D K . K A P L A N is Kevy and Hortense Kaiserman Professor in the 544 pp. 53 b/w illus. 6 1/8 x 9 1/4 Humanities at Brandeis University, where he teaches courses in French, paper 978-0-300-15139-8 $26.00sc comparative literature, and religious studies. cloth (F ’07) 978-0-300-11540-6 $40.00 98

Scholarly Books of Interest to the General Trade–Paperback

OUT OF THE EAST Spices and the Medieval Imagination Paul Freedman

T

he demand for spices in medieval Europe was extravagant and was reflected in the pursuit of fashion, the formation of taste, and the growth of luxury trade. This engaging book explores the demand for spices in the Middle Ages and how they drove the engines of commerce and conquest at the dawn of the modern era, leading to the discovery of new worlds and the era of colonial expansion. “This is a magical book. Freedman has done more than uncover the taste buds of a forgotten Europe. He has rewritten a fateful chapter in the history of the world.” —Peter Brown, Princeton University

“Like the spices—flavors, perfumes, and medicinals—so urgently sought by medieval populations, Out of the East is a consummate delight.” —Marion Nestle, New York University

PA U L F R E E D M A N is Chester D. Tripp Professor of History, Yale University.

March History 288 pp. 21 b/w illus. 5 5/8 x 9 1/4 paper 978-0-300-15135-0 $20.00sc cloth (S ’08) 978-0-300-11199-6 $30.00 Not for sale in India, Pakistan, Bhutan, Nepal, Sri Lanka and the Maldives

RESURRECTION The Power of God for Christians and Jews Kevin J. Madigan and Jon D. Levenson

T

wo highly respected religious scholars, one a Christian and the other a Jew, explore the origins of the belief in resurrection. They clarify what is surprising to many—that the Jews believed in resurrection long before the emergence of Christianity—and they discuss deep and meaningful connections between their two faiths. “Cogent and accessible. . . . The deft historical arguments of Resurrection will draw adherents of both [Christianity and Judaism] to explore their ‘neglected continuity.’” —Michael Peppard, Commonweal

“Unique and groundbreaking. . . . Truly a landmark work.” —Gary A. Anderson, First Things

“Provides subtle readings of important biblical passages relating to life and death, and is extremely helpful to anyone looking to understand resurrection and immortality in Judaism.”

♦ ALSO AVAILABLE:

Resurrection and the Restoration of Israel JON D. LEVENSON paper 978-0-300-13635-7

—Jewish Book World

K E V I N J . M A D I G A N is professor of the history of Christianity, Divinity School, Harvard University. J O N D . L E V E N S O N is Albert A. List Professor of Jewish Studies, Divinity School and Department of Near Eastern Languages and Civilizations, Harvard University. He is the author of Resurrection and the Restoration of Israel: The Ultimate Victory of the God of Life, published by Yale University Press.

$14.00sc

April Religion 304 pp. 6 1/8 x 9 1/4 paper 978-0-300-15137-4 $20.00sc cloth (S ’08) 978-0-300-12277-0 $30.00

Scholarly Books of Interest to the General Trade–Paperback

99

HISTORY LESSON A Race Odyssey Mary Lefkowitz

F

rom the author of Not Out of Africa comes a gripping first-person account of the tyranny of political correctness in academe. In the early 1990s, Mary Lefkowitz discovered that one of her faculty colleagues at Wellesley College was teaching his students that Greek culture had been stolen from Africa and that Jews were responsible for the slave trade. This book tells the disturbing story of what happened when she spoke out. “[Lefkowitz’s] account asks—and answers—provocative questions about the limits of [academic] freedom and about what scholars owe to their disciplines, their students and their colleagues.” —Amanda Heller, Boston Sunday Globe ♦ ALSO BY MARY LEFKOWITZ:

Greek Gods, Human Lives paper 978-0-300-10769-2

M A R Y L E F K O W I T Z is Mellon Professor in the Humanities, Emerita, Wellesley College. In 2006 she was awarded a National Humanities Medal for outstanding excellence in teaching and scholarship and for championing high standards and integrity in the study of Ancient Greece and its relevance to contemporary thought.

$19.00sc

April

Education/Biography 208 pp. 5 1/2 x 8 1/4 paper 978-0-300-15126-8 $17.50sc cloth (S ’08) 978-0-300-12659-4 $25.00

THE SPIRIT OF THE AGE Victorian Essays Edited by Gertrude Himmelfarb

A

wide-ranging collection of Victorian writings by John Stuart Mill, Charles Dickens, Oscar Wilde, and other leading lights of the era

“It is time for a broader audience to have a fresh encounter with the actual words of these eminent Victorians, and Professor Himmelfarb’s careful selection of writings adds up to a thoroughly stimulating, and profitable, reading experience.” —Wilfred McClay, University of Tennessee at Chattanooga

“The collection illustrates Himmelfarb’s view that the spirit of the Victorian age defined itself as much in its books and ideas as in political battles and societal strife.” —Alexandra Mullen, New Criterion

G E R T R U D E H I M M E L FA R B is professor emeritus, Graduate School, City University of New York. 100

April Essays/Literature 336 pp. 6 1/8 x 9 1/4 paper 978-0-300-15138-1 $23.00sc cloth (F ’07) 978-0-300-12330-2 $35.00

Scholarly Books of Interest to the General Trade–Paperback

ANDREW LLOYD WEBBER

♦ Yale Broadway Masters Series

John Snelson

C

ats, Jesus Christ Superstar, Phantom of the Opera, Evita—composer Andrew Lloyd Webber’s phenomenal musicals are familiar to hundreds of millions of audience members. This book, the first comprehensive survey of Webber’s creative career, explores his impact, the vast range of influences on his works, and the reasons for the controversies that surround him. “A valuable contribution to the field and a goldmine for anyone doing dramaturgical work on a production.” —Annette Thornton, Theatre Journal

“A welcome [volume]. . . . Snelson’s contribution to our understanding of this music theater giant lies in his ability to explicate Webber’s musical creations, both the successes and the failures.”—Library Journal “A meaty comprehensive study.”—Jessica Duchen, Classic FM Magazine

June Performing Arts 288 pp. 34 b/w illus. + 27 musical examples 6 1/8 x 9 1/4 $19.00sc paper 978-0-300-15113-8 $19.00sc cloth (F ’04) 978-0-300-10459-2

J O H N S N E L S O N is Editor of Publications at the Royal Opera House, Covent Garden.

FROM THE NEW DEAL TO THE NEW RIGHT Race and the Southern Origins of Modern Conservatism Joseph E. Lowndes

A

compelling account of the rise of the modern Right in America

“Evocative and analytical, this historical portrait shows how racial change in the South opened the door to conservative mobilization. Its powerful account of how a cross-regional alliance of white supremacists and business-oriented anti-New Dealers fundamentally reoriented American politics advances our understanding not just of pathways to the present, but of prospects for the future.” —Ira Katznelson, author of When Affirmative Action Was White

“Lowndes breaks fresh ground. . . . A valuable contribution to the study of contemporary conservatism.” —Publishers Weekly

June

J O S E P H E . L O W N D E S is assistant professor of political science, University of Oregon.

History/Political Science 256 pp. 6 1/8 x 9 1/4 paper 978-0-300-15123-7 $20.00sc cloth (S ’08) 978-0-300-12183-4 $35.00sc

THE PERSISTENCE OF POVERTY Why the Economics of the Well-Off Can’t Help the Poor Charles Karelis

I

n this important book, one of our boldest and most original thinkers proposes a new and persuasive explanation for what keeps people poor and shows how this fresh perspective can reinspire the long-stalled campaign against poverty. “The Persistence of Poverty is an original and enlightening book with a startling thesis. Written with verve and inviting clarity, it will be of interest to philosophers, economists, and public policy planners alike. Its theoretical arguments and practical proposals are sure to be the subject of debate for years to come.” —Anthony Kronman, Sterling Professor of Law, Yale Law School

♦ Finalist for the 2007 ForeWord Magazine Book of the Year Award in the Philosophy category

C H A R L E S K A R E L I S is Research Professor of Philosophy at The George Washington University.

July Current Events 208 pp. 6 b/w line illus. 5 1/2 x 8 1/4 paper 978-0-300-15136-7 $18.00sc cloth (S ’07) 978-0-300-12090-5 $30.00sc

Scholarly Books of Interest to the General Trade–Paperback

101

Academic Titles

102

Academic

THE BUS KIDS Ira W. Lit

T

he Bus Kids offers a compelling and uniquely detailed examination of the experiences of kindergarten students in California participating in a voluntary school desegregation program. Ira Lit focuses on the day-to-day school life of a group of minority children bused from their poor-performing home school district to an affluent neighboring district with high-performing schools. Through these kindergarteners’ experiences, the book sensitively illuminates the processes of school transition, socialization, and adaptation and addresses an array of important issues relating to American education. Lit acutely observes these “bus kids” and the quality of their social, emotional, cultural, and academic experiences. He presents a moving picture of the complexity of challenges, often unrecognized by teachers and parents, that each young student confronts every day. I R A W. L I T is assistant professor and director, Elementary Teacher Education Program, School of Education, Stanford University, and a former elementary school teacher. He lives in Menlo Park, CA.

February Education/Sociology 224 pp. 5 1/2 x 8 1/4 978-0-300-10579-7 $35.00tx

BORDERLINES IN BORDERLANDS James Madison and the Spanish-American Frontier, 1776–1821 J. C. A. Stagg

I

n examining how the United States gained control over the northern borderlands of Spanish America, this work reassesses the diplomacy of President James Madison. Historians have assumed Madison’s motive in sending agents into the Spanish borderlands between 1810 and 1813 was to subvert Spanish rule, but J. C. A. Stagg argues that his real intent was to find peaceful and legal resolutions to long-standing disputes over the boundaries of Louisiana at a time when the Spanish-American empire was in the process of dissolution. Drawing on an array of American, British, French, and Spanish sources, the author describes how a myriad cast of local leaders, officials, and other small players affected the borderlands diplomacy between the United States and Spain, and he casts new light on Madison’s contribution to early American expansionism.

J . C . A . S TA G G is professor, Department of History, and editor in chief, The Papers of James Madison, at the University of Virginia. He lives in Charlottesville, VA.

HOW JEWS BECAME GERMANS

February History 320 pp. 4 maps 6 1/8 x 9 1/4 978-0-300-13905-1 $50.00tx

Now available in paper

The History of Conversion and Assimilation in Berlin Deborah Hertz

A

compelling exploration of the lives of Jewish converts to Christianity in Berlin from 1645 to 1833.

“There is no book more exciting to read than one by an author who believes he or she was born to write it. . . . [This] is such a book.”—Steven Ozment, Weekly Standard “A brilliant and sensitive account of Jewish conversion to Christianity in Berlin from the end of the seventeenth through the middle of the nineteenth century. This is the exemplary work on German-Jewish relationships for our time and a formative book for the writing of a new narrative history.” —Sander L. Gilman, author of Jewish Self-Hatred March

History/Jewish Studies

288 pp. 31 b/w illus. 6 1/8 x 9 1/4 D E B O R A H H E R T Z is Herman Wouk Chair in Modern Jewish Studies, paper 978-0-300-15164-0 $24.00tx University of California at San Diego, and the author of Jewish High cloth (F ’07) 978-0-300-11094-4 $38.00sc Society in Old Regime Berlin. 103

Academic

THE FAMILIARITY OF STRANGERS The Sephardic Diaspora, Livorno, and Cross-Cultural Trade in the Early Modern Period Francesca Trivellato

T

aking a new approach to the study of cross-cultural trade, this book blends archival research with historical narrative and economic analysis to understand how the Sephardic Jews of Livorno, Tuscany, traded in regions near and far in the seventeenth and eighteenth centuries. Francesca Trivellato tests assumptions about ethnic and religious trading diasporas and networks of exchange and trust. Her extensive research in international archives—including a vast cache of merchants’ letters written between 1704 and 1746—reveals a more nuanced view of the business relations between Jews and non-Jews across the Mediterranean, Atlantic Europe, and the Indian Ocean than ever before. The book argues that cross-cultural trade was predicated on and generated familiarity among strangers, but could coexist easily with religious prejudice. It analyzes instances in which business cooperation among coreligionists and between strangers relied on language, customary norms, and social networks more than the progressive rise of state and legal institutions. F R A N C E S C A T R I V E L L AT O is professor of history at Yale University. She lives in Cranston, RI.

History April 480 pp. 19 b/w illus. 6 1/8 x 9 1/4 978-0-300-13683-8 $50.00tx

IDEOLOGY AND U.S. FOREIGN POLICY Michael H. Hunt With a New Afterword by the Author

T

his new edition of Michael H. Hunt’s classic reinterpretation of American diplomatic history includes an afterword that reflects on the personal experience and intellectual agenda behind the writing of the book, surveys the broad impact of the book’s argument, and addresses the challenges to the thesis since the book’s original publication. In the wake of 9/11 this interpretation is more pertinent than ever. Praise for the previous edition: “Clearly written and historically sound. . . . A subtle critique and analysis.”—Gaddis Smith, Foreign Affairs

“A lean, plain-spoken treatment of a grand subject. . . . A bold piece of criticism and advocacy. . . . The right focus of the argument may insure its survival as one of the basic postwar critiques of U.S. policy.” —John W. Dower, Bulletin of the Atomic Scientists

M I C H A E L H . H U N T is Everett H. Emerson Professor of History Emeritus, University of North Carolina, Chapel Hill.

April History/International Affairs 288 pp. 32 b/w illus. 6 1/8 x 9 1/4 paper 978-0-300-13925-9 $20.00tx

LIFE Organic Form and Romanticism Denise Gigante

W

hat makes something alive? Or, more to the point, what is life? The question is as old as the ages and has not been (and may never be) resolved. Life springs from life, and liveliness motivates matter to act the way it does. Yet vitality in its very unpredictability often appears as a threat. In this intellectually stimulating work, Denise Gigante looks at how major writers of the Romantic period strove to produce living forms of art on an analogy with biological form, often finding themselves face to face with a power known as monstrous. The poets Christopher Smart, William Blake, Percy Bysshe Shelley, and John Keats were all immersed in a culture obsessed with scientific ideas about vital power and its generation, and they broke with poetic convention in imagining new forms of “life.” In Life: Organic Form and Romanticism, Gigante offers a way to read ostensibly difficult poetry and reflects on the natural-philosophical idea of organic form and the discipline of literary studies. D E N I S E G I G A N T E is associate professor of English, Stanford University, and editor of The Great Age of the English Essay, published by Yale University Press. 104

Academic

April Literary Studies/History of Science 320 pp. 5 b/w and 16 color illus. 5 1/2 x 8 1/4 978-0-300-13685-2 $40.00tx

THE ANTI-IMPERIAL CHOICE The Making of the Ukrainian Jew Yohanan Petrovsky-Shtern

T

his book is the first to explore the Jewish contribution to, and integration with, Ukrainian culture. Yohanan Petrovsky-Shtern focuses on five writers and poets of Jewish descent whose literary activities span the 1880s to the 1990s. Unlike their East European contemporaries who disparaged the culture of Ukraine as second-rate, stateless, and colonial, these individuals embraced the Russian- and Soviet-dominated Ukrainian community, incorporating their Jewish concerns in their Ukrainian-language writings. The author argues that the marginality of these literati as Jews fuelled their sympathy toward Ukrainians and their national cause. Providing extensive historical background, biographical detail, and analysis of each writer’s poetry and prose, Petrovsky-Shtern shows how a Ukrainian-Jewish literary tradition emerged. Along the way, he challenges assumptions about modern Jewish acculturation and Ukrainian-Jewish relations. Y O H A N A N P E T R O V S K Y- S H T E R N teaches Jewish history in the History Department and the Crown Family Center for Jewish Studies, Northwestern University. He publishes frequently in the areas of East European history and culture and Jewish studies. He lives in Chicago.

April History/Jewish Studies/Soviet Studies 384 pp. 29 b/w illus. in gallery 6 1/8 x 9 1/4 978-0-300-13731-6 $65.00tx

THE PSYCHOANALYTIC STUDY OF THE CHILD Volume 63 Edited by Robert A. King, M.D., Samuel Abrams, M.D., A. Scott Dowling, M.D., and Paul M. Brinich, Ph.D. ALTERNATIVE PATHWAYS TO PARENTHOOD Diane Ehrensaft: When Baby Makes Three or Four or More CONTRIBUTIONS FROM DEVELOPMENTAL PSYCHOLOGY Patrick Luyten, Nicole Vliegen, Boudewijn Van Houdenhove, and Sidney J. Blatt: Equifinality, Multifinality, and the Rediscovery of the Importance of Early Experiences Susan P. Sherkow, Lissa Weinstein, Sarah R. Kamens, Matthew Megyes, Lynn P. Tishman, and Cheryl Williams: Stock-Still Behavior CLINICAL CONTRIBUTIONS Virginia M. Shiller: Therapeutic Work with a Physically Abused Preschooler Thomas F. Barrett: Manic Defenses against Loneliness in Adolescence Ruth Sharabany and Etziona Israeli: The Dual Process of Adolescent Immigration and Relocation

APPLIED PSYCHOANALYSIS Susan Scheftel: The Children’s Books of William Steig Richard M. Gottlieb: Maurice Sendak’s Trilogy HISTORICAL CONTRIBUTIONS Moshe Halevi Spero: The Civilization of Discontent Harold P. Blum: A Further Excavation of Seduction, Seduction Trauma, and the Seduction Theory STUDY GROUP ON TRANSFORMATIONS IN PSYCHOANALYSIS Wendy Olesker and Claudia Lament: Conceptualizing Transformations in Child and Adult Psychoanalysis Claudia Lament: Transformation into Adolescence Rona Knight: Blood, Sweat, and Tears—The Effort of Narrative Change in Psychoanalysis Samuel Abrams: Transformation: Identifying a Specific Mode of Change April Psychology 352 pp. 30 b/w illus. 6 1/8 x 9 1/4 978-0-300-14099-6 $65.00tx

THE ART OF FRENCH PIANO MUSIC Debussy, Ravel, Fauré, Chabrier Roy Howat

A

n essential resource for scholars and performers, this study by a world-renowned specialist illuminates the piano music of four major French composers, in comparative and reciprocal context. Howat explores the musical language and artistic ethos of this repertoire, juxtaposing structural analysis with editorial and performing issues. He also relates his four composers historically and stylistically to such predecessors as Chopin, Schumann, Liszt, the French harpsichord school, and Russian and Spanish music. Challenging long-held assumptions about performance practice, Howat elucidates the rhythmic vitality and invention inherent in French music. In granting Fauré and Chabrier equal consideration with Debussy and Ravel, he redresses a historic imbalance and reshapes our perceptions of this entire musical tradition. R O Y H O WAT is a concert pianist, scholar, editor, lecturer, and broadcaster. He lives in London and Paris and holds the position of Keyboard Research Fellow at the Royal Academy of Music, London.

May Music 384 pp. 3 b/w illus. + 308 musical examples 6 1/2 x 9 1/4 978-0-300-14547-2 $45.00tx

Academic

105

BUGS AND THE VICTORIANS John F. McDiarmid Clark

I

n the wake of the Scientific Revolution, the impulse to name and classify the natural world accelerated, and insects presented a particularly inviting challenge. This lively book explores how science became increasingly important in nineteenth-century British culture and how the systematic study of insects permitted entomologists to engage with the most pressing questions of Victorian times: the nature of God, mind, and governance, and the origins of life.

By placing insects in a myriad of contexts—politics, religion, gender, and empire—John F. McDiarmid Clark demonstrates the impact of Victorian culture on the science of insects and on the systematic knowledge of the natural world. Through engaging accounts of famous and eccentric innovators who sought to define social roles for themselves through a specialist study of insects—among them a Tory clergyman, a banker and member of Parliament, a wealthy spinster, and an entrepreneurial academic—Clark highlights the role of insects in the making of modern Britain and maintains that the legacy of Victorian entomologists continues to this day. J O H N F. M C D I A R M I D C L A R K is director, Institute for Environmental History, and lecturer, School of History, University of St. Andrews. He lives in the Kingdom of Fife, Scotland.

May History/History of Science/Victorian Studies 384 pp. 48 b/w illus. 6 1/8 x 9 1/4 978-0-300-15091-9 $55.00tx

THE POLITICS OF FOOD SUPPLY U.S. Agricultural Policy in the World Economy Bill Winders Foreword by James Scott

T

his book deals with an important and timely issue: the political and economic forces that have shaped agricultural policies in the United States during the past eighty years. It explores the complex interactions of class, market, and state as they have affected the formulation and application of agricultural policy decisions since the New Deal, showing how divisions and coalitions within Southern, Corn Belt, and Wheat Belt agriculture were central to the ebb and flow of price supports and production controls. In addition, the book highlights the roles played by the world economy, the civil rights movement, and existing national policy to provide an invaluable analysis of past and recent trends in supply management policy. ♦

Yale Agrarian Studies Series

B I L L W I N D E R S is assistant professor of sociology, the School of History, Technology, and Society, Georgia Institute of Technology. He lives in Atlanta.

YALE FRENCH STUDIES, NUMBER 115

New Spaces for French and Francophile Cinema

Hexagon and its Geographical Limits SUE HARRIS

The Place of Comedy at the French

James Austin and Grace An, Special Editors Box Office in the 21st Century Editors’ Preface: New Spaces for French and Francophone Cinema

II. Representing Space in Cinema and New Media

I. French National/Transnational Cinema

LUDOVIC CORTADE

ROGER CELESTIN

Conquering Globalized Space? A Certain French Cinema Abroad GRACE AN

The Future Past of the French Auteur CATHERINE PORTUGUES

The NewWave of Women Filmmakers MICHEL MARIE

New Spaces in French Cinema: Off the Beaten Path: The Periphery of the 106

Academic

May Economics 304 pp. 18 b/w illus. 6 1/8 x 9 1/4 978-0-300-13924-2 $55.00tx

TIMOTHY MURRAY

Voyage to the Center of the Virtual Universe

III. Postcolonial Locations: Francophone Film and Algeria GUY AUSTIN

Algeria and Colonial Trauma in Contemporary French Cinema

The Spatial Evacuation of Politics: Landscape, Power, and the Monarch in Robert Guédiguian’s The Last Mitterand

PANIVONG NORINDR

JAMES AUSTIN

DOMINIC THOMAS

On Filmic Pedagogy and Performance: Rachid Bouchareb’s Indigènes

Destroying the banlieue: Re-configu- Africa/France: Contest(ed)ing ration of Suburban Space in French Space in the Hexagon Film MARGARET FLINN

Signs of the Times: Chris Marker’s Chats perchés

May Language 224 pp. 6 1/8 x 9 1/4 paper 978-0-300-11822-3 $22.00tx

LAW AND THE CONTRADICTIONS OF THE DISABILITY RIGHTS MOVEMENT Samuel R. Bagenstos

T

he passage of the Americans with Disabilities Act in 1990 was hailed as revolutionary legislation, but in the ensuing years restrictive Supreme Court decisions have prompted accusations that the Court has betrayed the disability rights movement. The ADA can lay claim to notable successes, yet people with disabilities continue to be unemployed at extremely high rates. In this timely book, Samuel R. Bagenstos examines the history of the movement and discusses the various, often-conflicting projects of diverse participants. He argues that while the courts deserve some criticism, some may also be fairly aimed at the choices made by prominent disability rights activists as they crafted and argued for the ADA. The author concludes with an assessment of the limits of antidiscrimination law in integrating and empowering people with disabilities, and he suggests new policy directions to make these goals a reality.

S A M U E L R . B A G E N S T O S is professor of law, Washington University School of Law. He lives in St. Louis, MO.

June Law 256 pp. 6 1/8 x 9 1/4 978-0-300-12449-1 $48.00tx

SHANGHAI’S BUND AND BEYOND British Banks, Banknote Issuance, and Monetary Policy in China, 1842–1937 Niv Horesh

A

s China emerges as a global powerhouse, this timely book examines its economic past and the shaping of its financial institutions. The first comparative study of foreign banking in prewar China, the book surveys the impact of British overseas bank notes on China’s economy before the outbreak of the Sino-Japanese War in 1937. Focusing on the two leading British banks in the region, it assesses the favorable and unfavorable effects of the British presence in China, with particular emphasis on Shanghai, and traces instructive links between the changing political climate and banknote circulation volumes. Drawing on recently declassified archival materials, Niv Horesh revises previous assumptions about China’s prewar economy, including the extent of foreign banknote circulation and the economic significance of the May Thirtieth Movement of 1925. ♦

Yale Series in Economic and Financial History

N I V H O R E S H is lecturer, Department of Chinese Studies, University of New South Wales, Australia. He lives in Sydney.

JAMES BOSWELL

June Economics/History 224 pp. 13 b/w illus. 6 1/8 x 9 1/4 978-0-300-14356-0 $48.00tx

Recently published

The Journal of His German and Swiss Travels, 1764 Edited by Marlies K. Danziger

T

his volume, first in the Yale Research Series of Boswell’s journals, covers his emotionally eventful travels as a young man through the German and Swiss territories. It begins in mid-June 1764 and ends on New Year’s Day 1765, when he crossed the Alps for the next stages of his European tour in Italy, Corsica, and France. The volume includes the complete text of Boswell’s diaries and memoranda, as well as a daily record of expenses and his frequently revealing “Ten Lines a Day” poems. This volume is the Research Series parallel to the 1953 trade series edition, Boswell on the Grand Tour: Germany and Switzerland, 1764, whose annotation the editor, Marlies K. Danziger, expands, supplements, and, in many instances, corrects. ♦

The Yale Editions of the Private Papers of James Boswell Gordon Turnbull, General Editor

M A R L I E S K . D A N Z I G E R is Professor Emerita of English, Hunter College and the Graduate School, City University of New York.

September Editions 490 pp. 6 1/8 x 9 1/4 978-0-300-12360-9 $110.00tx For sale in North America, Central America, South America, and the Philippine Republic only.

Academic

107

THE SPANISH FRONTIER IN NORTH AMERICA The Brief Edition David J. Weber

T

his compact synthesis of David J. Weber’s prize-winning history of colonial Spanish North America vividly tells the story of Spain’s three-hundred-year tenure on the continent. From the first Spanish-Indian contact through Spain’s gradual retreat, Weber offers a balanced assessment of the impact of each civilization upon the other. Praise for the previous edition: “I cannot imagine a single book giving a more comprehensive and balanced study of Spain’s presence in North America.”

Awards given to The Spanish Frontier in North America: ♦

Winner of the 1993 Caughey Western History Association Prize

♦

Winner of the National Cowboy Hall of Fame Western Heritage Award.

♦

Winner of the 1993 “Spain and America in the Quincentennial of the Discovery” Award

♦

Winner of the 1993 Carr P. Collins Award given by the Texas Institute of Letters

♦

The Lamar Series in Western History

—Louis Kleber, History Today

“For readers seeking to understand the larger meaning of the Spanish heritage in North America, Weber’s vivid narrative is a must. This is social and cultural history at its best.” —Howard R. Lamar, Yale University

D AV I D J . W E B E R is Robert and Nancy Dedman Professor of History and director, Clements Center for Southwest Studies, Southern Methodist University. Spain and Mexico have given him the highest awards they bestow on foreigners, and he is a fellow of the American Academy of Arts and Sciences. His previous books include the awardwinning The Mexican Frontier, 1821–1846 and Bárbaros: Spaniards and Their Savages in the Age of Enlightenment. He lives in Dallas and in Ramah, NM.

March History 320 pp. 40 b/w illus. & 16 maps 6 1/8 x 9 1/4 paper 978-0-300-14068-2 $20.00tx

THE TRIUMPH OF PROVOCATION Józef Mackiewicz Translation by Jerzy Hauptmann, S. D. Lukac, and Martin Dewhirst; Foreword by Jeremy Black; Chronology by Nina Karsov

T

his masterful political treatise, first published in 1962, examines the history and nature of Communism as it developed in the Soviet Union and in Poland. Józef Mackiewicz, known for his relentless opposition to Communism, argues that accommodation with the Communists simply helped them to impose their vision of the world and pursue their goal of global domination. He compares Communism to Nazism and insists that the former was the greater threat to the future of humanity. Now available in English for the first time, The Triumph of Provocation will be compelling reading for those interested in Polish history, Communism, and Nazism. Mackiewicz’s unique interpretation of the differences and similarities between Communism and Nazism is highly relevant to debates about these two systems and to major contemporary issues which are of particular importance to the U.S. and Europe, including radical Islam and the necessity of war and the responsibility for war.

J Ó Z E F M A C K I E W I C Z (1902–1985) was an eminent Polish writer of fiction and nonfiction. The late J E R Z Y H A U P T M A N N was professor emeritus of political science and public administration at Park University. S . D . L U K A C is a retired translator living in the U.S. M A R T I N D E W H I R S T is honorary research fellow, Department of Slavonic Studies, University of Glasgow. 108

Academic

July

History/Soviet History 256 pp. 6 1/8 x 9 1/4 978-0-300-14569-4 $48.00tx

TRAME A Contemporary Italian Reader Edited by Cristina Abbona-Sneider, Antonello Borra, and Cristina Pausini

T

rame: A Contemporary Italian Reader brings together short stories, poems, interviews, and other works by 33 renowned authors. The readings cover familiar themes—youth, family, immigration, politics, women’s voices, identity—from the fresh perspective of a new generation of Italian writers. By presenting a rich array of materials and many points of view, Trame highlights the cultural complexity of contemporary Italy. Each text is accompanied by a diverse selection of activities and exercises that help students read authentic texts and build their language skills. These include pre-reading activities that introduce important themes, vocabulary lists with definitions in Italian, writing exercises, and post-reading activities in discussion and analysis. With its range of readings and exercises, Trame is designed to be easily adaptable to instructors’ different needs and class levels. It is ideally suited to high-intermediate and advanced Italian language and culture courses. C R I S T I N A A B B O N A - S N E I D E R is lecturer and director of Italian Language March Language Studies at Brown University. ANTONELLO BORRA is associate professor of Italian 288 pp. 7 x 10 at University of Vermont. CRISTINA PAUSINI is lecturer at Wellesley College. paper 978-0-300-12495-8 $38.00tx

ARABIC SECOND LANGUAGE ACQUISITION OF MORPHOSYNTAX Mohammad T. Alhawary

W

hile the demand for Arabic classes and preparation programs for Arabic language teachers has increased, there is a notable gap in the field of linguistic research on learning Arabic as a second language. This book presents a data-driven and systematic analysis of Arabic language acquisition that responds to this growing need. Based on large data samples collected from longitudinal and cross-sectional studies, it explores a broad range of structures and acquisition issues. It also introduces new and comprehensive research, and it documents the successes and problems that native speakers of other languages, including English, Spanish, French, and Japanese, are likely to encounter in learning Arabic. By integrating previously published findings with new research, the author has created a unified and streamlined resource for teachers, teachers-in-training, linguists, Arabic textbook authors, and second-language acquisition experts. M O H A M M A D T. A L H AWA R Y is associate professor and ConocoPhillips Professor of Arabic Language, Literature, and Culture at the University of Oklahoma.

May Language 224 pp. 7 x 10 paper 978-0-300-14129-0 $45.00tx

AHLAN WA SAHLAN: FUNCTIONAL MODERN STANDARD ARABIC FOR BEGINNERS Second Edition Mahdi Alosh; Revised with Allen Clark

T

he new edition of this widely used text covers the first year of instruction in Modern Standard Arabic. It will teach students to read, speak, and write Arabic, while presenting an engaging story that involves Adnan, a Syrian student studying in the United States, and Michael, an American student studying in Cairo. In diaries, letters, and postcards, the two students describe their thoughts and activities, revealing how a non-American views American culture April Language and how the Arabic culture is experienced by an American student. This new 672 pp. 396 color & 47 b/w illus. edition features a DVD video, filmed in Syria; expanded communicative activi8 1/2 x 10 7/8 ties; an updated audio program; and material designed according to proficiency Hardcover with DVD and CD principles. 978-0-300-12272-5 $69.95tx M A H D I A L O S H is associate dean for international affairs at the United States Military Academy. A L L E N C L A R K is an Arabic instructor and the director of the Arabic program at the University of Mississippi.

Sound and Script Workbook: 176 pp 152 b/w illus. 8 1/2 x 10 7/8 paper 978-0-300-14048-4 $29.95tx

Academic

109

CONTORNOS DEL HABLA Fonología y Fonética del Español Denise Cloonan Cortez de Andersen

C

ontornos del Habla is designed to introduce students of diverse backgrounds and different levels of language ability to Spanish phonetics and phonology. Written completely in Spanish, it provides clear and engaging explanations of important linguistic concepts, from the more basic to the more challenging. Contornos del Habla includes several unique features:

♦ New concepts are recycled throughout the book to help

students synthesize information and develop critical thinking skills. ♦ Many exercises use realia to engage students in real-life activities and to represent the diversity of the Spanish language. ♦ The early chapters provide essential background knowledge on the history of the Spanish language and how it evolved from Latin, which gives students the proper context for studying current dialectal change.

D E N I S E C L O O N A N C O R T E Z D E A N D E R S E N is associate professor of Spanish at Northeastern Illinois University.

July Language 384 pp. 32 b/w illus. 7 1/2 x 9 1/4 paper 978-0-300-14130-6 $79.95tx

VICTOR HUGO ON THINGS THAT MATTER A Reader Edited by Marva A. Barnett

V

ictor Hugo on Things That Matter gives English speakers the social, historical, cultural, and biographical context that is essential for enjoying the writing and art of this genius of nineteenthcentury France. Unlike other Hugo anthologies, Victor Hugo on Things That Matter offers introductions and notes in English and includes twenty-five of Hugo’s watercolors and drawings. Readers will find key Hugo texts in the original French, along with the following supplemental information in English: ♦ an overview of Hugo’s importance and his private and public

personas; ♦ introductions to each chapter; ♦ historical and cultural explanatory notes; ♦ a time line of Hugo’s life and work; ♦ suggestions for further reading.

M A R VA B A R N E T T is professor at the University of Virginia, where she also serves as director of the Teaching Resource Center. 110

Academic

July Language 416 pp. 26 b/w illus. 6 1/8 x 9 1/4 paper 978-0-300-12245-9 $45.00tx

HERITAGES FRANCOPHONES Enquetes culturelles Jean-Claude Redonnet, Ronald St. Onge, Susan St. Onge, and Julianna Neilsen

A

n innovative program of cultural readings designed for college French classes at the upper-intermediate level and beyond, Héritages francophones is an introduction to several living Francophone cultures in the United States. The communities that are introduced include the descendants of the Acadians in the St. John Valley of Maine; the Haitian community of Miami; and immigrant peoples from Africa, Asia, and Europe. The focus then widens to the countries or areas of origin of these various groups. This emphasis on the diversity of interrelated Francophone issues shows students that French is indeed an international language, with relevance to their own world.

J E A N - C L A U D E R E D O N N E T is professor emeritus and director of research in post-colonial studies at the Université de Paris-Sorbonne, and he served as the director of the Middlebury College French School from 1998–2003. R O N A L D S T. O N G E is professor of French and chair of the Department of Modern Languages and Literatures at the College of William and Mary. S U S A N S T. O N G E is Distinguished Professor of French and former chair of the Department of Modern and Classical Languages at Christopher Newport University. J U L I A N N A N I E L S E N is the Managing Editor of Sloane Intercultural.

♦ Héritages francophones was grant-

ed the official patronage of the Académie française in 2007.

March Language 336 pp. 70 color illus. 8 x 10 978-0-300-12545-0 $65.00tx

¡A SU SALUD! Spanish for Health Professionals, Classroom Edition Christine E. Cotton, Elizabeth Ely Tolman, and Julia Cardona Mack Revised by Elizabeth Bruno

A

Su Salud!: Spanish for Health Professionals, Classroom Edition is an intermediate-level Spanish language program designed for students and practicing health-care professionals. Learners work with vocabulary and grammar within the context of a telenovela called La comunidad, which features authentic Spanish spoken by native speakers with a variety of accents.

!

This revised edition of the original multimedia package is ideal for classroom use. It includes a text and DVD with dozens of dramatic video clips related to exercises in the book.

May Langauge 448 pp. 109 b/w illus. 8 1/2 x 11 Paper with DVD 978-0-300-11966-4 $55.00tx

Academic

111

Art & Architecture

113

Art & Architecture

YA L E C E N T E R F O R B R I T I S H A R T

ENDLESS FORMS Charles Darwin, Natural Science, and the Visual Arts Edited by Diana Donald and Jane Munro A gorgeously illustrated book that is the first to explore the impact of Darwin’s ideas about man and nature on 19th-century visual arts

C

harles Darwin’s revolutionary theories of evolution and natural selection have not only had a profound influence on the fields of biology and natural history, but also provided fertile territory for the creative imagination. This lavishly illustrated book accompanies an exhibition organized by the Fitzwilliam Museum, University of Cambridge, in association with the Yale Center for British Art, which will coincide with the global celebration of the bicentenary of Darwin’s birth and the 150th anniversary of the publication of On the Origin of Species by Means of Natural Selection (1859). The essays in this exceptionally wide-ranging book examine both the profound impact that Darwin’s ideas had on European and American artists and the ways in which his theories were influenced by the visual traditions he inherited. In works by artists as diverse as Church, Landseer, Liljefors, Heade, Redon, Cézanne, Lear, Tissot, Rossetti, and Monet, from imaginative projections of prehistory to troubled evocations of a life dominated by the struggle for existence, Darwin’s sense of the interplay of all living things and his response to the beauties of the natural world proved inspirational.

D I A N A D O N A L D is the former Head of the Department of History of Art and Design at Manchester Metropolitan University. J A N E M U N R O is Senior Assistant Keeper of Paintings, Drawings, and Prints at the Fitzwilliam Museum, Cambridge. 114

Art & Architecture

Exhibition schedule: ♦ Yale Center for British Art

(2/12/09 – 5/3/09) ♦ Fitzwilliam Museum

(6/16/09 – 10/4/09) Published in association with the Fitzwilliam Museum, Cambridge, and the Yale Center for British Art ♦

Publication coincides with Darwin’s 200th birthday on February 12, 2009, and the 150th anniversary of the publication of the controversial masterpiece On the Origin of Species.

♦

ALSO AVAILABLE:

The Young Charles Darwin Influences and Ideas KEITH THOMSON (see page 9)

February Natural History/Art 288 pp. 100 b/w + 150 color illus. 9 1/2 x 12 978-0-300-14826-8 $75.00

T H E M E T R O P O L I TA N M U S E U M O F A R T

PIERRE BONNARD The Late Still Lifes and Interiors Dita Amory With contributions from Rika Burnham, Jack Flam, Rémi Labrusse, and Jacqueline Munck

A beautiful look at Bonnard’s late interior and still-life imagery, considered among his finest work

W

orking in his villa in the south of France, Pierre Bonnard (1867–1947) suffused his late canvases with radiant Mediterranean light and dazzling color. Although his subjects were close at hand—usually everyday domestic scenes—Bonnard rarely painted from life. Instead, he made pencil sketches in diaries and relied on these, along with his memory, as he executed the works in his studio. These interiors thus often conflate details from the artist’s daily life with fleeting, mysterious evocations of his past. The spectral figures who appear at the margins of the canvases, overshadowed by brilliantly colored baskets of fruit or other props, create an atmosphere of profound ambiguity and puzzling abstraction: the mundane rendered in a wholly new pictorial language.

Exhibition schedule: ♦ The Metropolitan Museum of Art

(1/27/09 – 4/19/09) Published in association with The Metropolitan Museum of Art

The 75 paintings, drawings, and watercolors in this volume, some rarely seen treasures from private collections, all made between 1923 and 1947, are central to the ongoing reappraisal of Bonnard as a leading figure of French modernism.

D I TA A M O R Y is Associate Curator, Robert Lehman Collection, The Metropolitan Museum of Art, New York.

February Art 200 pp. 75 b/w + 125 color illus. 9 x 12 978-0-300-14889-3 $50.00

115

Art & Architecture

T H E A RT I N S T I T U T E O F C H I CAG O

BECOMING EDVARD MUNCH Influence, Anxiety, and Myth Jay A. Clarke

A compelling, revisionist approach to Edvard Munch that explores his work and persona in relation to the art and criticism of his time

T

wo potent myths have traditionally defined our understanding of the artist Edvard Munch (1862–1944): he was mentally unstable, as his iconic work The Scream (1893) suggests, and he was radically independent, following his own singular vision. Becoming Edvard Munch: Influence, Anxiety, and Myth persuasively challenges these entrenched perceptions. In this book, Jay A. Clarke demonstrates that Munch was thoroughly in control of his artistic identity, a savvy businessman skilled in responding to the market and shaping popular opinion. Moreover, the author shows that Munch was keenly aware of the art world of his day, adopting motifs, styles, and techniques from a wide variety of sources, including many Scandinavian artists. By presenting Munch’s paintings, prints, and drawings in relation to those of European contemporaries, including Harriet Backer, James Ensor, Vincent van Gogh, Max Klinger, Christian Krohg, and Claude Monet, Clarke reveals often surprising connections and influences. This interpretive approach, grounded in Munch’s diaries and letters, period criticism, and the artworks themselves, reintroduces Munch as an artist who cultivated myths both visual and personal.

Exhibition schedule: ♦ The Art Institute of Chicago

(2/14/09 – 4/26/09) Distributed for the Art Institute of Chicago

Becoming Edvard Munch features beautiful color reproductions of approximately 150 works, including 75 paintings and 75 works on paper by Munch and his peers.

J AY A . C L A R K E is Associate Curator of Prints and Drawings at the Art Institute of Chicago. 116

Art & Architecture

February Art 232 pp. 50 b/w + 170 color illus. 9 x 12 978-0-300-11950-3 $50.00

P H I L A D E L P H I A M U S E U M O F A RT

CÉZANNE + BEYOND Edited by Joseph J. Rishel and Katherine Sachs With contributions by Roberta Bernstein, Yve-Alain Bois, Jean-François Chevrier, John Elderfield, John Golding, Christopher Green, Jennie Hirsh, Joop Joosten, Anabelle Kienle, Albert Kostenevich, Carolyn Lanchner, Mark D. Mitchell, Joseph J. Rishel, Katherine Sachs, Richard Shiff, Robert Storr, and Michael R. Taylor

A stunning look at Cézanne’s relationship to modern artists ranging from Pablo Picasso and Henri Matisse to Jasper Johns and Ellsworth Kelly

T

he famous proclamation that Cézanne “is the father of us all” has been attributed to both Matisse and Picasso, and his influence has extended to a great diversity of artists thereafter. In this monumental book, a team of distinguished scholars offers the most comprehensive view to date on Cézanne’s vital role in shaping European and American art throughout the 20th century and into the 21st. More than forty paintings and ten works on paper by Cézanne—many of his best-known and most admired—are juxtaposed throughout the catalogue with approximately 120 works by a range of modern and contemporary artists who found in Cézanne a central inspiration. They include Max Beckmann, Georges Braque, Charles Demuth, Alberto Giacometti, Arshile Gorky, Marsden Hartley, Fernand Léger, Brice Marden, Piet Mondrian, Giorgio Morandi, Liubov Popova, and Jeff Wall, as well as Picasso, Matisse, Johns, and Kelly. The essays offer insights into the “conversation” between Cézanne and each of these other artists, who stand on a par with his greatness. Among its many features, this book contains conceptual overviews by Richard Shiff and Robert Storr as well as an illustrated chronology.

J O S E P H J . R I S H E L is the Gisela and Dennis Alter Senior Curator of European Painting before 1900 and Senior Curator of the John G. Johnson Collection and the Rodin Museum, Philadelphia Museum of Art. He is the co-editor of The Arts in Latin America, 1492–1820. K AT H E R I N E S A C H S is an Adjunct Curator in the Department of European Painting before 1900, Philadelphia Museum of Art.

Exhibition schedule: ♦ Philadelphia Museum of Art

(2/26/09 – 5/17/09) Published in association with the Philadelphia Museum of Art

February Art 550 pp. 50 b/w + 400 color illus. 9 3/4 x 13 978-0-300-14106-1 $65.00

117

Art & Architecture

T H E M U S E U M O F F I N E A RTS , H O U S TO N

ARTS OF ANCIENT VIET NAM From River Plain to Open Sea Nancy Tingley With Andreas Reinecke, Pierre-Yves Manguin, Kerry Nguyen-Long, and Nguyen Dinh Chien

An unprecedented survey of ancient and traditional Vietnamese art

O

nce a strategic trading post that channeled the flow of riches and ideas among countries situated along the South China Sea and places as far away as India and Rome, Viet Nam has a fascinating history and an artistic heritage to match it. This lavishly produced catalogue will help introduce English-speaking audiences to Viet Nam’s amazing body of artwork, ranging from the first millennium B.C. to the 18th century.

The authors begin by discussing, for example, the elegant burial jars, iron axes, bronze artifacts, and jewelry of the early Sa Huynh culture; the bronze ritual drums of the Dong Son; and the jeweled gold pieces, excavated from the walled center of Oc Eo in the kingdom of Fu Nan. New scholarship investigates the trade in gold and Chinese ceramics between Cham and the Philippine kingdom of Butuan. The final section is devoted to art from Hoi An, once a major international port. Of note are the ceramic wares produced in northern and central Viet Nam from the 16th to 18th century.

N A N C Y T I N G L E Y is an independent scholar who previously served as Wattis Curator of Southeast Asian Art at the Asian Art Museum of San Francisco. 118

Art & Architecture

Exhibition schedule: ♦ The Museum of Fine Arts, Houston

(9/13/09 – 1/3/10) ♦ Asia Society Museum, New York

(2/10 – 5/10) Distributed for The Museum of Fine Arts, Houston, and Asia Society Museum

March Art 368 pp. 252 color illus. + 3 maps 7 1/2 x 11 1/2 paper over board 978-0-300-14696-7 $60.00

GOD’S ARCHITECT Pugin and the Building of Romantic Britain Rosemary Hill

The acclaimed biography of one of the 19th century’s most important architects

A

ugustus Welby Northmore Pugin (1812–1852) was one of Britain’s greatest architects, and his short career one of the most dramatic in architectural history. Born in 1812, the son of a French draftsman, at fifteen Pugin was working for King George IV at Windsor Castle. By the time he was twenty-one he had been shipwrecked, bankrupted, and widowed. Nineteen years later he died, insane and disillusioned, having changed the face and the mind of British architecture in works as revered as the House of Lords and the clock tower at Westminster, known as Big Ben. God’s Architect is the first modern biography of this extraordinary figure. Rosemary Hill draws upon thousands of unpublished letters and drawings to re-create Pugin’s life and work as architect, propagandist, and Gothic designer, as well as the turbulent story of his three marriages, the bitterness of his last years, and his sudden death at forty. It is the work of an exceptional historian and biographer.

R O S E M A R Y H I L L is a writer and historian, and has published widely on 19th- and 20th-century cultural history.

“A magnificent biography, as sumptuous and intricate as anything Pugin built. . . . A properly glorious monument.” —John Carey, Sunday Times, London

“This is surely the best biography of a British architect yet written: an enthralling book.” —Stephen Bayley, Observer

♦ Winner of the 2007 Wolfson Prize

for History and the James Tait Black Memorial Prize for Biography

February Biography/Architecture/History 656 pp. 32 b/w + 31 color illus. 6 x 9 1/4 978-0-300-15161-9 $45.00 For sale in the U.S., its dependencies, and the Philippines only

119

Art & Architecture

PHILIP JOHNSON The Constancy of Change Edited by Emmanuel Petit Foreword by Robert A. M. Stern Essays by Beatriz Colomina, Peter Eisenman, Kurt W. Forster, Mark Jarzombek, Charles Jencks, Phyllis Lambert, Reinhold Martin, Detlef Mertins, Joan Ockman, Terence Riley, Vincent Scully, Michael Sorkin, Kazys Varnelis, Stanislaus von Moos, Ujjval Vyas, and Mark Wigley

The first comprehensive examination of the fascinating career of Philip Johnson since his death

W

itty, wealthy, and well connected, the architect Philip Johnson was for years the most powerful figure in the cultural politics of his profession. As the Museum of Modern Art’s founding architecture curator in the early 1930s, he helped establish modernism in the United States; as the architect of New York’s AT&T building—the “Chippendale skyscraper”—he gave postmodernism commercial viability on a large scale during the 1980s.

“Philip Johnson was the most emblematic of modern men, the most Protean of figures, always changing, and living almost a hundred years, brilliant, elusive, ambiguous to the last. A true work of modern art himself.” —Vincent Scully

In this book, sixteen eminent voices in the architectural establishment present their ideas on Johnson, focusing on both his eclectic design approach and his vivid intellect. Among the topics covered are Johnson’s wide-ranging knowledge of art history, his endorsement of different versions of architectural modernism, his use of rhetoric and the mass media, his social persona, and his politics of patronage. Owing perhaps to the control he exerted over critiques of his work, few scholarly treatments of Johnson exist. This “unauthorized” account, the first in-depth study to follow his death, constitutes a milestone in the analysis of one of America’s most renowned architects.

E M M A N U E L P E T I T is assistant professor at the Yale School of Architecture. 120

Art & Architecture

February Architecture 288 pp. 163 b/w + 53 color illus. 8 3/4 x 10 1/2 978-0-300-12181-0 $60.00

BACKSTAGE PASS Rock & Roll Photography Preface by Greil Marcus

Glenn O’Brien, Anne Wilkes Tucker, and Laura Levine Contributions by Thomas Andrew Denenberg and Kate Simon

Captivating, candid off-stage photographs of rock & roll superstars by the most talented photographers of the era

T

his striking collection of photographs features nearly every important figure in the world of rock & roll, from Elvis to Eric Clapton, the Beatles to Bob Dylan, Jimi Hendrix to John Coltrane. Many of the nearly one hundred images have rarely been published, and all reveal fascinating glimpses of celebrities off stage, away from the glare of the spotlights. Shot from the mid-fifties to the midnineties, the portraits often have a spontaneous, informal, and everyday feel, and most record their subjects before they had become immensely famous—and well practiced in posing for photographs. The more than fifty photographers who contribute to the volume are among the most talented in their field, including Lee Friedlander, Lynn Goldsmith, Bob Gruen, Mick Rock, and many more.

Exhibition schedule: ♦ Portland Museum of Art, Maine

(1/20/09 – 3/22/09) Published in association with the Portland Museum of Art

Three original essays address topics suggested by the photographs. The authors discuss the coded nature of celebrity portraiture, the 1970s music scene in New York City, the frank sexuality of rock musicians, and how the Beatles’ look evolved over time. This book will be treasured not only by fans of rock & roll music and admirers of photographic portraits, but also by those who remember the vanished time when photographers had genuine access to performers, and were a crucial element in the worlds they were documenting.

G L E N N O ’ B R I E N is editorial director of Brandt Publications. A N N E W I L K E S T U C K E R is Gus and Lyndall Wortham Curator of Photography at The Museum of Fine Arts, Houston. L A U R A L E V I N E is a photographer whose work has appeared in Rolling Stone. T H O M A S A N D R E W D E N E N B E R G is Acting Director and Chief Curator at the Portland Museum of Art. K AT E S I M O N is a photographer whose work has appeared in publications around the world. G R E I L M A R C U S is an author, music journalist, and cultural critic.

February Photography/Performing Arts 128 pp. 63 b/w + 27 color illus. 9 3/4 x 11 Paper with flaps 978-0-300-15163-3 $29.95

121

Art & Architecture

GERHARD RICHTER PORTRAITS Painting Appearances Paul Moorhouse

A remarkable new overview of the iconic artist’s portraits, dating from the 1960s to the present day

“A

ppearance, semblance is the theme of my life.” This statement by Gerhard Richter (b. 1932) suggests the importance of portraiture to his career. One of the greatest artists working today, Richter has been intensively engaged with portraiture since 1962. His portraits invite critical consideration of both portraiture and painting; they include images of specific people—whether sensational subjects of people in the media, icons of the popular imagination, or close friends and relatives. However, all are transformed when Richter puts them onto canvas, for they often become anonymous in the process or become significant simply for being included. Richter’s investigation into how we understand what surrounds us is at the heart of all his work. In this large-scale book—ideal for Richter’s portraits—Paul Moorhouse offers a major advance in the understanding and appreciation of the renowned artist’s work. With keen insight, Moorhouse studies the portraits in close detail, examining the sophisticated ways in which Richter has challenged and extended the genre of portraiture and revealing the startling range of the artist’s source material.

♦

ALSO BY PAUL MOORHOUSE:

Pop Art Portraits 978-0-300-13588-6

$55.00

For sale in North America only

Featuring never-before-published images, this book clearly eclipses any previous publication on Richter’s portraiture.

PA U L M O O R H O U S E is Twentieth-Century Curator at the National Portrait Gallery, London. 122

Art & Architecture

March Art 176 pp. 100 color illus. 9 7/8 x 13 3/8 978-0-300-15159-6 $60.00 For sale in North America only

WILLIAM KENTRIDGE Five Themes Edited by Mark Rosenthal With essays by Carolyn Christov-Bakargiev and Rudolf Frieling and an interview by Michael Auping

A major new retrospective of the influential and innovative artist’s career, including an illuminating DVD of his film projects

W

ith a searing body of work ranging from drawings and films to prints, tapestries, and sculptures, William Kentridge (b. 1955) has offered a fresh and distinctive glimpse of the daily lives of South Africans— both during the apartheid regime and after its collapse. This extraordinary catalogue, produced in close collaboration with the artist, investigates the five primary themes that have engaged Kentridge over the course of his career: ♦

♦

♦

♦

♦

Soho and Felix: works featuring Kentridge’s best-known characters, the businessman Soho Eckstein and his alter ego, the anxiety-ridden Felix Teitlebaum.

Exhibition schedule: ♦ San Francisco Museum of Modern Art

(3/14/09 – 5/31/09) ♦ Modern Art Museum of Fort Worth, Texas

(7/11/09 – 9/27/09)

Ubu and the Procession: inspired by Ubu Roi, these projects reflect the excitement, conflict, and rapid social changes in post-apartheid South Africa.

♦ Norton Museum of Art, West Palm Beach,

Artist in the Studio: an examination of Kentridge’s practice and his emergence as an installation artist.

♦ Museum of Modern Art, New York

The Magic Flute: work related to the artist’s set designs for Mozart’s opera.

♦ Additional European venues to be

The Nose: Kentridge’s most recent production, including work inspired by his staging of the Shostakovich opera for New York’s Metropolitan Opera in spring 2010.

Published in association with the San Francisco Museum of Modern Art and the Norton Museum of Art

Florida (11/7/09 – 1/24/10) (3/7/10 – 5/24/10) announced

Kentridge has created a DVD especially for this publication; it includes fragments from significant film projects (both known and newly completed) as well as commentary that sheds further light on the artist’s work.

M A R K R O S E N T H A L is adjunct curator of contemporary art at the Norton Museum of Art in West Palm Beach, Florida. Among March Art 240 pp. 160 color illus. 9 1/2 x 10 1/8 his many publications are Joseph Beuys: Actions, Vitrines, Hardcover with DVD 978-0-300-15048-3 $50.00 Environments and The Surreal Calder, both published by Yale. 123

Art & Architecture

N AT I O N A L G A L L E R Y L O N D O N

PICASSO Challenging the Past Elizabeth Cowling, Susan Grace Galassi, Christopher Riopelle, and Anne Robbins

How the past masters of European painting fired the imagination of Picasso, the supreme Modernist master

F

rom his earliest years Pablo Picasso was a passionate student of the European painting tradition. He was naturally drawn to the Spanish masters Velázquez and Goya, but such figures as Rembrandt, Delacroix, Ingres, Manet, and Cézanne were also important artistic heroes. Picasso repeatedly pitted himself against these masters, taking up their signature themes, techniques, and artistic concerns in audacious paintings of his own. Sometimes his “quotations” were direct, other times highly allusive. Always Picasso made the implicit case that it was he in the 20th century who most forcefully reinvigorated the European tradition.

Exhibition schedule: ♦

National Gallery, London (opens 2/25/09)

Published by National Gallery Company/ Distributed by Yale University Press

Liberally illustrated with 150 full-color plates of works by Picasso and those who inspired him, the book showcases the technical dexterity, independence, and vitality of Picasso’s creative processes as he daringly transformed the art of the past into, as he described it, “something else entirely.”

E L I Z A B E T H C O W L I N G is Professor Emeritus of History of Art at Edinburgh University. Her publications include Picasso: Style and Meaning and Degas/Picasso (distributed by Yale). S U S A N G R A C E G A L A S S I is senior curator at the Frick Collection, New York. She is the author of Picasso’s Variations on the Masters. C H R I S T O P H E R R I O P E L L E is curator of post-1800 painting at the National Gallery, London. He is co-author of Renoir Landscapes: 1865–1883 (distributed by Yale), among many other books. A N N E R O B B I N S is assistant curator of post-1800 painting at the National Gallery, London, and the author of Cézanne in Britain (distributed by Yale). 124

Art & Architecture

March Art 172 pp. 150 color illus. 8 2/3 x 10 2/3 978-1-85709-452-7 $40.00 DVD (approx. 30 minutes) 978-1-85709-454-1 $28.00

JOHN SINGER SARGENT Venetian Figures and Landscapes, 1898–1913 Complete Paintings: Volume VI Richard Ormond and Elaine Kilmurray Sargent’s entrancing Venetian oils and watercolors are displayed and discussed in this gorgeous book

T

hroughout his career—and particularly in the period from 1898 to 1913—John Singer Sargent painted the spectacular architecture and scenes of everyday life in Venice, as he sat alongside the Grand Canal or in a gondola in the sleepy side canals. This lavishly illustrated book presents all the luminous masterworks that Sargent completed during that fertile fifteen-year period: oils and watercolors that reveal his taste for the Renaissance, Baroque, and high style in art and architecture as they were seen in the city’s unique light. The book reproduces and documents 141 works, including several that are published for the first time. An authoritative essay explores the aesthetics of Sargent’s Venetian work, places it in the context of his oeuvre as a whole, explains Sargent’s relationships with his patrons in Venice, and discusses the exhibitions and marketing of this work in London and New York. The book also provides a map of Venice marking every known location that Sargent painted and displays dozens of contemporary color photographs of the sites.

R I C H A R D O R M O N D is a Sargent scholar and independent art historian. He is a great-nephew of John Singer Sargent. E L A I N E K I L M U R R AY is coauthor and research director of the John Singer Sargent catalogue raisonné project, of which this is the sixth volume.

Published in association with the Paul Mellon Centre for Studies in British Art

♦ ALSO AVAILABLE:

John Singer Sargent The Early Portraits; Complete Paintings: Volume I RICHARD ORMOND and ELAINE KILMURRAY 978-0-300-07245-7

$75.00

John Singer Sargent Portraits of the 1890s; Complete Paintings: Volume II RICHARD ORMOND and ELAINE KILMURRAY 978-0-300-09067-3

$75.00

John Singer Sargent The Later Portraits; Complete Paintings: Volume III RICHARD ORMOND and ELAINE KILMURRAY 978-0-300-09806-8

$75.00

John Singer Sargent Figures and Landscapes, 1874–1882; Complete Paintings: Volume IV RICHARD ORMOND and ELAINE KILMURRAY 978-0-300-11716-5

$75.00

March Art 272 pp. 18 b/w + 256 color illus. 9 3/4 x 12 978-0-300-14140-5 $75.00

125

Art & Architecture

GILBERT ROHDE Modern Design for Modern Living Phyllis Ross A comprehensive exploration of the designer who transformed American furniture by bringing modernism to the middle class

F

ew designers did more to influence the appearance of postwar American interiors than the furniture designer Gilbert Rohde (1894–1944). This first in-depth book on Rohde explores how he brought an industrial design perspective to the furniture industry and, in the process, introduced modernism to a broad range of Americans, especially through his modular furnishings.

By tracing his career at the Herman Miller Furniture Company, where Rohde was a designer in the 1930s and 1940s, Phyllis Ross places his work in a broad cultural and economic context. The book shows how Rohde’s focus on comfort, informality, multifunctionality, and flexibility transposed European design antecedents into furnishings suitable for American lifestyles. A champion of modular components, he experimented with new industrial materials, including Plexiglas, and produced furniture with biomorphic forms. Not only did Rohde introduce modern designs, but he also devised a complete merchandising strategy for their promotion.

“A quantum leap over anything that has been previously published on this seminal figure that makes a significant contribution to the study of American design of the period.” —Christopher Long, University of Texas at Austin

Today Rohde’s furniture and decorative designs are coveted by collectors. The story of his career rounds out our understanding of his fascinating contributions to American culture.

P H Y L L I S R O S S is an independent scholar specializing in 20th-century design. 126

Art & Architecture

March Design/Decorative Arts 388 pp. 144 b/w + 46 color illus. 8 1/2 x 11 978-0-300-12064-6 $60.00

WILLIAM MERRITT CHASE Landscapes in Oil Ronald G. Pisano Completed by Carolyn K. Lane With a chronology by D. Frederick Baker

A beautiful exploration of Chase’s beloved park scenes, landscapes, and seascapes

A

dmired for finding beauty in everyday surroundings, William Merritt Chase (1849–1916) brought an autobiographical element to his work, earning him a unique place in late-19th-century American art history. This book, the third of four volumes to document the complete works of Chase, traces his career as a landscape painter. Following Chase’s training in Munich in the 1870s and his many trips to Spain in the early 1880s, his works became light filled and colorful. These paintings anticipate Chase’s well-known park scenes of the 1880s painted in Brooklyn and New York and his 1890s works depicting the hills and shoreline adjacent to his home in Shinnecock Hills, Long Island, now recognized as being among the most important examples of American Impressionism. This book presents all of his known landscapes painted in oil, which include many of his best-loved works, in beautiful reproduction, accompanied by the most current and thorough documentation on them.

Published in association with the Pisano/Chase Catalogue Raisonné Project

♦ ALSO AVAILABLE:

William Merritt Chase The Paintings in Pastel, Monotypes, Painted Tiles and Ceramic Plates, Watercolors, and Prints RONALD G. PISANO Completed by D. FREDERICK BAKER With an essay by MARJORIE SHELLEY 978-0-300-10996-2

$55.00

William Merritt Chase Portraits in Oil RONALD G. PISANO Completed by CAROLYN K. LANE and D. FREDERICK BAKER 978-0-300-11021-0

$75.00

R O N A L D G . P I S A N O , who was curator of the Heckscher Museum of Art and director of the Parrish Art Museum, researched and prepared the complete catalogue of Chase’s work for over thirty years before his untimely death in 2000. C A R O LY N K . L A N E is a Ph.D. candidate in American art at the Graduate Center April Art of the City University of New York. D . F R E D E R I C K B A K E R is a 192 pp. 49 b/w + 209 color illus. 9 1/2 x 12 978-0-300-11020-3 $65.00 director of the Pisano/Chase Catalogue Raisonné Project. 127

Art & Architecture

PIONEERS OF CONTEMPORARY GLASS Highlights from the Barbara and Dennis DuBois Collection Cindi Strauss With Rebecca Elliot and Susie Silbert

F

rom small objects to large-scale sculptures, glass is an art form of captivating beauty, fragility, and diversity. This book features outstanding contemporary works in glass from the Barbara and Dennis DuBois Collection in Dallas, Texas. The catalogue examines the pioneering contributions of such international master artists as Dale Chihuly, Dan Dailey, Stanislav Libensky and Jaroslava Brychtova, Harvey Littleton, William Morris, Tom Patti, Marc Peiser, Lino Tagliapietra, Oiva Toikka, Frantisek Vizner, and Toots Zynsky. In addition to color reproductions of their works, the book includes an introductory essay by Cindi Strauss and individual entries by Strauss, Rebecca Elliot, and Susie Silbert that place the highlighted 25 works in context, explaining the importance of each artist’s contribution to the field as well as the object’s aesthetic and technical innovations. The book also includes an interview between Strauss and the collectors Barbara and Dennis DuBois. C I N D I S T R A U S S is the curator of and R E B E C C A E L L I O T is curatorial assistant for modern and contemporary decorative arts and design at The Museum of Fine Arts, Houston. S U S I E S I L B E R T is the 2008 Windgate Museum Fellow at The Museum of Fine Arts, Houston.

Harvey Littleton, Mobile Arc from the Descending Arc Series, 1989. Glass

Exhibition schedule: ♦ The Museum of Fine Arts, Houston

(3/7/09—7/26/09) Distributed for The Museum of Fine Arts, Houston April Art/Decorative Arts 96 pp. 25 color illus. 8 1/2 x 11 paper 978-0-300-14695-0 $19.95

MASTER PAINTINGS IN THE ART INSTITUTE OF CHICAGO With an introduction by James Cuno

T

his revised, expanded, and redesigned edition of a best-selling book from the Art Institute of Chicago features many favorite paintings from the collection—approximately 150 works from Europe and the Americas, ranging from the 15th to the early 21st century. Twenty-three images from the previous edition have been replaced with other key or recently acquired works, and the majority of the text entries have been updated. Celebrated artwork by Impressionists and PostImpressionists like Renoir and Seurat join paintings by Old Master artists like Rubens and Rembrandt; works by 18th- and 19th-century American artists including Copley and Whistler appear with recently acquired paintings by Lichtenstein and Twombly—works displayed in the museum’s new Modern Wing (opening spring 2009).

J A M E S C U N O is President and Eloise W. Martin Director of the Art Institute of Chicago. 128

Art & Architecture

Distributed for the Art Institute of Chicago

April Art 168 pp. 150 color illus. 11 x 11 978-0-300-15103-9 $39.95

T H E M E T R O P O L I TA N M U S E U M O F A R T

MODEL & MUSE Fashioning the Ideal Harold Koda and Kohle Yohannan

An engaging look at the celebrated models who have epitomized fashion in the 20th and early 21st centuries

M

odel & Muse explores fashion’s reciprocal relationship to iconic beauties that represent the evolution and changing face of the feminine ideal. Featuring a brief historical overview of the phenomenon of the supermodel, the book begins in the early 20th century and continues to the present day. Dorian Leigh and Lisa Fonssagrives in the 1940s are joined in the 1950s by Dovima, Sunny Harnett, and Suzy Parker. They are followed by Jean “The Shrimp” Shrimpton and Twiggy in the 1960s and Lauren Hutton in the 1970s. The 1980s witnessed such enduring personalities as Cindy Crawford, Christy Turlington, Naomi Campbell, and Linda Evangelista, while the 1990s brought on Kate Moss, whose edgy, street-inflected style has inspired not only fashion designers, editors, stylists, and photographers, but artists such as Chuck Close and Lucien Freud.

Peggy Moffitt in Rudi Gernreich’s topless swimsuit, 1964 Photograph by William Claxton/Courtesy Demont Photo Management.

Exhibition schedule: ♦

The Metropolitan Museum of Art (5/6/09 – 8/9/09)

Published in association with The Metropolitan Museum of Art

With an emphasis on styles from the 1950s onward, the book features designs from the great ready-to-wear and couture houses—Madame Grès, Christian Dior, and Balenciaga in the 1950s; Rudi Gernreich, Yves Saint Laurent, and Cardin in the 1960s; Giorgio di Sant’Angelo and Halston in the 1970s; Christian Lacroix, Versace, Comme des Garcons, and Calvin Klein in the 1980s; and Marc Jacobs, John Galliano, and Alexander McQueen in the 1990s.

H A R O L D K O D A is Curator in Charge at The Costume Institute at The Metropolitan Museum of Art, New York, and the author of many fashion books including Extreme Beauty: The Body Transformed, Chanel, and Poiret, all available from Yale. KOHLE YOHANNAN is an independent curator and the author of Clair McCardell and John Rawlings: 30 Years in Vogue.

May Fashion 200 pp. 175 color illus. 9 1/2 x 11 1/2 978-0-300-14893-0 $50.00

129

Art & Architecture

CALL OF THE COAST Art Colonies of New England Thomas Andrew Denenberg and Amy Kurtz Lansing A groundbreaking examination of the role of New England’s art colonies in the development of modern American art

T

he early 20th century brought renewed focus upon the image of the coast and witnessed the formation of art colonies in Old Lyme, Connecticut, and Ogunquit and Monhegan, Maine. These creative communities became an inspiration for artists and art students, among them Edward Hopper, Childe Hassam, Robert Henri, Rockwell Kent, and George Bellows. Visually stunning, Call of the Coast: Art Colonies of New England explores the importance of place for artists in these colonies, and the development of impressionist Connecticut and modernist Maine within the visual traditions of the coast of New England.

Exhibition schedule: ♦ Portland Museum of Art, Maine

(6/25/09 – 10/12/09) ♦ Florence Griswold Museum, Old Lyme, CT

(10/24/09 – 1/31/10) Distributed for the Portland Museum of Art

Featuring approximately 80 works, Call of the Coast illustrates each major painting with extensive interpretative text and includes documentary photography to provide historical context for the artworks.

T H O M A S A N D R E W D E N E N B E R G is the acting director and William E. and Helen E. Thon Curator of American Art at the Portland Museum of Art. A M Y K U R T Z L A N S I N G is the curator at the Florence Griswold Museum in Old Lyme, Connecticut. 130

Art & Architecture

May Art 128 pp. 100 color illus. 9 3/8 x 10 1/4 Paper with flaps 978-0-300-15162-6 $29.95

T H E M E T R O P O L I TA N M U S E U M O F A R T

THE PICTURES GENERATION, 1974–1984 Douglas Eklund

An unprecedented overview of the Pictures Generation, the most significant and influential group of contemporary artists of the last forty years

T

his handsome book is the first comprehensive examination of the Pictures Generation, a loosely knit group of artists working in New York from the mid1970s to the mid-1980s. The overarching subject of the work of these artists was imagery itself—how pictures not only depict but also shape how we perceive the world and ourselves. The collective achievement of this group is an extremely important chapter in the history of contemporary art. Born into an expanding media and consumer culture and educated in the strategies of Minimal and Conceptual art, the artists of the Pictures Generation, including Robert Longo, Richard Prince, David Salle, and Cindy Sherman, chose to return to representation, addressing the rhetorical, social, and psychological functions of the image across all media (photography, painting and sculpture, drawings and prints, film and video, and music and performance). While the careers of these artists are typically considered in isolation, this catalogue traces their complex interrelationships and mutual development—beginning with the emergence of a group sensibility characterized by techniques of distancing and theatricality and ending with a resurgence of painting by mostly male artists (which was contested by women artists working in media such as video, photography, and installation).

D O U G L A S E K L U N D is Associate Curator in the Department of Photographs at The Metropolitan Museum of Art, New York.

Cindy Sherman, Untitled Film Still, 1977. Gelatin silver print, 10 x 8 in. Courtesy of the Artist and Metro Pictures

Exhibition schedule: ♦ The Metropolitan Museum of Art

(4/21/09 – 8/2/09) Published in association with The Metropolitan Museum of Art

May Photography 224 pp. 100 b/w + 160 color illus. 11 3/4 x 9 5/8 978-0-300-14892-3 $60.00

131

Art & Architecture

T H E A RT I N S T I T U T E O F C H I CAG O

THE MODERN WING Renzo Piano and the Art Institute of Chicago James Cuno, Paul Goldberger, and Joseph Rosa With a photographic portfolio by Judith Turner

A behind-the-scenes look at celebrated architect Renzo Piano’s highly anticipated addition to The Art Institute of Chicago

T

his handsome book examines the remarkable new addition to the Art Institute of Chicago, designed by Renzo Piano and scheduled to open in May 2009. This expansion to the Art Institute of Chicago, already one of the largest museums in the country, will provide new galleries for modern and contemporary painting and sculpture, as well as for photography, film and video, and architecture and design. The structure is Piano’s largest art museum building to date.

Distributed for the Art Institute of Chicago

The museum’s director, James Cuno, discusses the history of the commission, and Paul Goldberger writes on how this building fits into the larger context of Piano’s work— especially his many museum designs—as well as considers its positioning in a city celebrated for its architecture. Judith Turner provides exquisite architectural photographs, showing many nuanced details and views of the structure, while Joseph Rosa comments on her images and how they convey the beauty and sophistication of the building. Photographs by New York–based architectural photographer Paul Warchol complete the book.

J A M E S C U N O is President and Eloise W. Martin Director, The Art Institute of Chicago. PA U L G O L D B E R G E R is architectural critic for the New Yorker. J O S E P H R O S A is the John H. Bryan Curator of Architecture and Design, The Art Institute of Chicago. J U D I T H T U R N E R is a photographer based in New York City well known for her images of architecture. 132

Art & Architecture

May Architecture 160 pp. 20 duotone + 140 color illus. 10 x 11 978-0-300-14112-2 $60.00

MICHAEL VAN VALKENBURGH ASSOCIATES Reconstructing Urban Landscapes Edited by Anita Berrizbeitia Introduction by Paul Goldberger Contributions by Jane Amidon, Andrew Blum, Ethan Carr, Erik de Jong, Peter Fergusson, Rachel Gleeson, Linda Pollak, and Elissa Rosenberg

Explores a world-renowned landscape design firm’s work bringing nature, innovative technology, and challenging urban sites into dialogue

I

nstilling a poetics of place is a goal of Michael Van Valkenburgh Associates (MVVA), the famous landscape design firm that has created successful public spaces in some of the country’s most challenging urban sites. In these locations, nature offers not so much an escape from city living as a teasing dialogue with built structures. The whole experience is aimed, as critic Paul Goldberger notes, to “make you see everything, city and nature alike, with a striking intensity.”

Richly illustrated and handsomely designed, this is the first publication to explore a wide range of MVVA’s projects, focusing on the firm’s trend toward sites requiring complex technological solutions. Leading critics and historians look at twelve projects, dating from 1992 to the present, and each posing a challenge—such as contamination, isolation, and lengthy public approval proceedings. They explore the process through which the firm researches such issues and how solutions are embedded in the final aesthetics and spatial structure of the sites.

A N I TA B E R R I Z B E I T I A is an associate professor of landscape architecture at the School of Design at the University of Pennsylvania. PA U L G O L D B E R G E R is an architecture critic for The New Yorker and the Joseph Urban Professor of Design and Architecture at The New School.

May Landscape Design/Urban Design 320 pp. 185 color illus. 7 1/2 x 11 978-0-300-13585-5 $65.00

133

Art & & Architecture Architecture Art

AMY BLAKEMORE Photographs 1988–2008 Alison de Lima Greene With Anne Wilkes Tucker, Chrissie Iles, and Marisa C. Sánchez

A

my Blakemore (b. 1958) is renowned for her deceptively simple photographs. Her images, featured here for the first time in book form, evoke fleeting aspects of personality and memory and have been shown in numerous exhibitions, including the 2006 Whitney Biennial. Blakemore has worked for the past 20 years with low-tech, mediumformat Diana cameras known for flaws that produce a flattened perspective, color shifts, vignetting, and blurriness. Blakemore manipulates these flaws to capture the way memory simultaneously records and distorts visual information, creating photographs that are familiar and mysterious—both documents of the present and suggestions of times past. Presenting some 40 works that range from Blakemore’s black-and-white images of the mid-1980s and color photographs in the 1990s to her recent focus on the figure, the book brings together images that seem to record casual, spontaneous moments but also hint at a larger narrative. A L I S O N D E L I M A G R E E N E is the curator of contemporary art and special projects and A N N E W I L K E S T U C K E R is the Gus and Lyndall Wortham Curator of Photography at The Museum of Fine Arts, Houston. C H R I S S I E I L E S is the Anne and Joel Ehrenkranz Curator at the Whitney Museum of American Art. MARISA C. SÁNCHEZ is assistant curator of modern and contemporary art at the Seattle Art Museum.

Exhibition schedule: ♦ The Museum of Fine Arts, Houston

(5/9/09 – 8/2/09) Distributed for The Museum of Fine Arts, Houston May Photography 128 pp. 9 b/w + 27 color illus. 10 x 9 1/2 paper 978-0-300-14699-8 $29.95

ZOE LEONARD You see I am here after all Lynne Cooke, Angela L. Miller, and Ann Reynolds

T

he prototypical American vacationland, Niagara Falls has been popular with honeymooners and families for more than a century. The image of its cascading white water was made familiar in part through postcards, which in turn helped to transform this natural wonder into a tourist destination. Zoe Leonard’s You see I am here after all brings together thousands of these postcard images of the “great cataract,” from the early 1900s through the 1950s. This grand accumulation of viewpoints, organized by Leonard taxonomically in accordance with their positions along the perimeter of the panoramic site, brings up issues as diverse as human interventions with nature and the function of landscape in inventing American historical narratives, as well as the technological evolution of image reproduction and dissemination. LY N N E C O O K E is curator at Dia Art Foundation and chief curator at the Centro de Arte Reina Sofía, Madrid. A N G E L A L . M I L L E R is professor of art history at Washington University in St. Louis. A N N R E Y N O L D S is an associate professor in the department of art and art history and the Center for Women’s and Gender Studies at the University of Texas at Austin. 134

Art & Architecture

Zoe Leonard, You see I am here after all, 2008

Exhibition schedule: ♦ Dia Beacon, New York

(9/21/08 – 9/7/09) Distributed for Dia Art Foundation

May Photography/Art 126 pp. 60 b/w + 150 color illus. 9 x 7 1/2 978-0-300-15168-8 $35.00

ALVAR AALTO Architecture, Modernity, and Geopolitics Eeva-Liisa Pelkonen An intellectual biography that reconsiders the influence of the architect’s Finnish origins on his work by examining Aalto’s own writings on geography and modern architecture

P

erhaps no other great modern architect has been linked to a native country as closely as Alvar Aalto (1898–1976). Critics have argued that the essence of Finland flows, as if naturally, into his quasi-organic forms, ranging from such buildings as the Baker House in Cambridge, Massachusetts, to iconic 20th-century designs, including his Savoy vase and bent-plywood stacking stools. What did Aalto himself say about the importance of nationalism and geography in his work and in architecture generally? With an unprecedented focus on the architect’s own writings, library, and critical reception, Eeva-Liisa Pelkonen proposes a dramatically different interpretation of Aalto’s oeuvre, revealing it as a deeply thoughtful response to his intellectual and cultural milieu—especially to Finland’s dynamic political circumstances following independence from Russia in 1917. Pelkonen also considers the geographic and geopolitical narratives found in Aalto’s writings. These include ideas about national style and national cultural revival, and about how architecture can foster cosmopolitanism, internationalism, and regionalism. Expanding the canonical reading of Aalto, this work promises to influence future inquiries on Aalto for generations to come.

E E VA - L I I S A P E L K O N E N is assistant professor and chair of the Master of Architectural Design Program at the School of Architecture at Yale University. She is the author of Achtung Architektur! Image and Phantasm in Contemporary Austrian Architecture and coeditor of Eero Saarinen: Shaping the Future (Yale).

“This novel interpretation sheds a clear light on Aalto’s relationship with Finland’s society and culture, not merely by better defining the architect’s often overlooked ‘context,’ but by re-creating the intellectual milieus in which he developed. Eeva-Liisa Pelkonen introduces a very fresh discussion of Aalto’s writings and designs in the framework of Finland’s modern history.”—Jean-Louis Cohen, Institute of Fine Arts, New York University

June Architecture 224 pp. 124 b/w illus. 7 x 10 978-0-300-11428-7 $45.00

135

Art & Architecture

HOLY TOLEDO! Isabel Toledo and the Art of Fashion Valerie Steele and Patricia Mears

An introduction to the exquisite fashions of a designer whose clothing has been hailed as “liquid geometry”

O

ne of the most exciting fashion designers in the United States, Cuban-born Isabel Toledo has been honored with a National Design Award from the CooperHewitt Museum and a Couture Council Award for Artistry of Fashion, given by The Museum at FIT. Yet her name and work are recognized only by fashion insiders. This ravishing book brings Toledo’s creations to a wider audience, places them within the context of contemporary fashion, and examines her creative process. Interviewing Toledo, her husband (fashion illustrator Ruben Toledo), and other colleagues, clients, and critics, Valerie Steele gives an account of Toledo’s career and explains that while she has been heralded by leading fashion magazines and featured in stores in New York and Europe, she has not had the long-term financial backing to break out of the niche market. Patricia Mears investigates the artistic and cultural influences on Toledo’s work and analyzes her unusual methods of construction, noting that she designs in three dimensions in her mind and then begins working directly with fabric. Displaying garments Toledo has created since her first show in 1985, this book is a revelatory exploration of a fashion innovator in a mass-market industry.

VA L E R I E S T E E L E is director and PAT R I C I A M E A R S is deputy director of The Museum at the Fashion Institute of Technology. 136

Art & Architecture

Isabel Toledo (American, b. Cuba 1960) Garnet silk taffeta dress and “Blossom” jacket New York, Fall 2004

Exhibition schedule: ♦ The Museum at the Fashion Institute of

Technology, New York (6/09 – 10/09) Published in association with The Museum at the Fashion Institute of Technology

June Fashion 224 pp. 100 color illus. 9 1/4 x 12 978-0-300-14583-0 $50.00

C L A R K A RT I N S T I T U T E

DOVE/O’KEEFFE Circles of Influence Debra Bricker Balken

An original examination of how Arthur Dove and Georgia O’Keeffe shaped each other’s careers

F

rom the outset of her career, Georgia O’Keeffe credited her introduction to modernism as deriving in part from a reproduction of a pastel by Arthur Dove she saw around 1913. By this time Dove was well established as the foremost modernist artist in America, yet O’Keeffe herself would later become a source of renewal for his work. Renowned scholar Debra Bricker Balken here offers the first investigation into the interrelationship between these two great artists. She shows that while Dove’s sensual evocations of landscape—his abstractions of nature’s undulating rhythms and forms—offered inspiration for O’Keeffe, the influence of O’Keeffe’s work on Dove was equally significant. After 1930, Dove turned to O’Keeffe’s early works for renewed aesthetic inspiration, mining, as he put it, her “burning watercolors.”

Exhibition schedule: ♦ Sterling and Francine Clark Art Institute,

Williamstown, Massachusetts (6/7/09 – 9/7/09) Distributed for the Sterling and Francine Clark Art Institute

Beyond examining the impact of these mutual influences, this beautifully illustrated publication situates Dove and O’Keeffe within the circle of Alfred Stieglitz, and brings them into a fuller context within the modernist scene of the 1920s and 1930s. What emerges is a fascinating look at the first pivotal moment of modernism in America.

D E B R A B R I C K E R B A L K E N is an independent curator and writer. Among her many books is After Many Springs: Regionalism, Modernism, and the Midwest (Yale).

June Art 176 pp. 25 b/w + 125 color illus. 8 x 11 1/2 978-0-300-13410-0 $45.00

137

Art & Architecture

YA L E U N I V E R S I T Y A R T G A L L E R Y

DENVER A Photographic Survey of the Metropolitan Area, 1973–1974

WHAT WE BOUGHT The New World, Scenes from the Denver Metropolitan Area, 1970–1974 Robert Adams Untitled, from denver, 1973–74. Gelatin silver print. Yale University Art Gallery

Luminous new editions of two out-of-print classics by esteemed photographer Robert Adams

d

enver and What We Bought, together with The New West, form a loose trilogy of Robert Adams’s work exploring the rapidly developing landscape of the Denver metropolitan area from 1968 through 1974. In the former two books, Adams created a comprehensive document that was resolute in its avoidance of romantic notions of the American West and dispassionately honest about man’s despoliation of the land. Both books demonstrate the artist at the height of his powers as a documentary photographer and a poetic sequencer of images.

Untitled, from What We Bought, 1970–74. Gelatin silver print. Yale University Art Gallery

The photographs featured in denver and What We Bought show tract housing with mountain ranges in the distance, trailer lots devoid of people, suburban streets through generic windows, shopping mall interiors, and parking lots: subjects distinctly unspectacular, familiar, and banal. Adams’s compositions are straightforward and democratic, and it is this precise turn from sentimentality that has made Adams one of the most influential figures in the history of American photography.

Distributed for the Yale University Art Gallery

These exquisite new editions, printed in rich tritones, celebrate this landmark work. denver also includes new and previously unpublished photographs from the project, chosen and sequenced by Adams himself. denver June Photography 136 pp. 117 tritone illus. 9 x 7 13/16 978-0-300-14136-8 $50.00

R O B E R T A D A M S (b. 1937) lives and works in northwestern Oregon. His art has been the subject of exhibitions at museums throughout the United States; a major traveling retrospective, organized by the Yale University Art Gallery, will run from 2010 to 2012. 138

Art & Architecture

What We Bought June Photography 208 pp. 193 tritone illus. 9 x 7 13/16 978-0-300-14963-0 $60.00

CY TWOMBLY The Natural World, Selected Works, 2000–2007 James Rondeau

C

y Twombly’s distinctive artworks merge drawing, painting, and symbolic gesture in the pursuit of a direct, intuitive form of expression. Much of the artist’s recent output interprets the natural world, often through references to garden and landscape. Cy Twombly: The Natural World, Selected Works, 2000–2007 features more than 30 paintings, works on paper, photographs, and sculptures. Published in full cooperation with the artist, this handsome book speaks to both continuity and innovation in Twombly’s work, underscoring the ongoing creative vitality of one of the greatest American artists of our time. Exhibition schedule: ♦ The Art Institute of Chicago

(5/16/09 – 9/13/09) Distributed for the Art Institute of Chicago

J A M E S R O N D E A U is the Frances and Thomas Dittmer Chair of Contemporary Art at the Art Institute of Chicago.

June Art 96 pp. 60 color illus. 6 3/4 x 9 1/2 978-0-300-14691-2 $34.95

MAX NEUHAUS With essays by Christoph Cox, Branden W. Joseph, Liz Kotz, Ulrich Loock, Peter Pakesch, and Alex Potts

I

n 1977, Max Neuhaus turned a triangle of pedestrian space between 45th and 46th Streets in Times Square into an island of harmonic sound. The rich textures of that sound continue today, emanating from beneath the sidewalk grating, to anonymously reach an individual’s ears as if one has stumbled upon a secret. Known as Times Square, the celebrated installation was restored in 2002 with support from Dia Art Foundation, which further commissioned a site-specific piece, Time Piece Beacon, from Neuhaus in 2006 for its museum in Beacon, New York. This stunning book—the only volume in print dedicated solely to the work of Neuhaus—takes these two projects as a point of departure from which to consider the singular impact this artist has had in establishing sound as a medium in contemporary art. An interview with Neuhaus is complemented with essays by multidisciplinary scholars who investigate and situate his work within a historical context.

M A X N E U H A U S is an artist who has created sound works for specific environments in the United States and Europe, including the Menil Collection, Houston; The Museum of Modern Art, New York; Kunsthalle Bern, Switzerland; and the Venice Biennale, among many others.

Distributed for Dia Art Foundation

July Art 144 pp. 30 b/w + 40 color illus. 7 1/2 x 10 978-0-300-15167-1 $35.00

139

Art & Architecture

P H I L A D E L P H I A M U S E U M O F A RT

BRUCE NAUMAN Topological Gardens Carlos Basualdo and Michael R. Taylor With essays by Marco de Michelis and Erica Battle

A close look at Bruce Nauman’s work as the unanimously-selected U.S. representative at the 53rd Venice Biennale

O

ne of the most complex and fascinating artists working today, Bruce Nauman (b. 1941) has assembled a mesmerizing body of work that encompasses video, installation, drawing, sculpture, printmaking, photography, and neon. In 2008, Nauman was unanimously selected to represent the United States at the 53rd Venice Biennale, in an exhibition organized by the Philadelphia Museum of Art. The accompanying catalogue explores the interconnections among several specific themes that have recurred prominently throughout four decades of Nauman’s work. Linking the urban texture of Venice to the topological dimensions of his provocative art, the overarching project allows for an unprecedented occasion for the appreciation and exploration of Nauman’s undeniable creativity and influence.

Bruce Nauman, The True Artist Helps the World by Revealing Mystic Truths (Window or Wall Sign), 1967. Philadelphia Museum of Art: Purchased with the Henry P. McIlhenny Fund, the bequest (by exchange) of Henrietta Meyers Miller, the gift (by exchange) of Philip L. Goodwin, and contributions from generous donors, 2007-44-1. © 2008 Bruce Nauman/Artists Rights Society (ARS), New York.

Exhibition schedule: ♦ Venice Biennale

(6/7/09 – 11/22/09) Published in association with the Philadelphia Museum of Art

Bruce Nauman: Topological Gardens includes texts by Erica Battle and Carlos Basualdo on the organization of the exhibition and the publication, featuring detailed discussions of the works in the show. Michael R. Taylor examines Nauman’s practice in an art-historical context, and Marco de Michelis explores the notion of space as deployed throughout Nauman’s oeuvre, with particular reference to the works on view.

C A R L O S B A S U A L D O is Curator of Contemporary Art at the Philadelphia Museum of Art. M I C H A E L R . TAY L O R is the Muriel and Philip Berman Curator of Modern Art at the Philadelphia Museum of Art. M A R C O D E M I C H E L I S is Professor of the History of Architecture at the IUAV University of Venice. E R I C A B AT T L E is a Project Curatorial Assistant at the Philadelphia Museum of Art. 140

Art & Architecture

July Art 150 pp. 10 b/w + 50 color illus. 8 x 10 978-0-300-14981-4 $40.00

AGNES MARTIN Edited by Lynne Cooke and Karen Kelly With essays by Rhea Anastas, Douglas Crimp, Jonathan D. Katz, Michael Newman, Kathryn A. Tuma et al.

New discourse on four decades of painting by one of the 20th century’s most influential artists

G

orgeously quiet in color and composition, Agnes Martin’s paintings have a distinctive grace that sets them apart from those of the Abstract Expressionists of her day and the Minimalist artists she inspired. Martin attributed her grid-based works to metaphysical motivations, lending a serene complexity to her oeuvre that has defied any easy categorization. Perhaps for this reason, critical and scholarly analysis of her paintings has been scarce—until now. This important new anthology brings together the most current scholarship on Martin’s paintings by twelve multidisciplinary essayists who consider various aspects of the artist’s four-decade career.

Published in association with Dia Art Foundation

Organized by Dia Art Foundation, whose extensive holdings of Martin’s paintings and ambitions to support indepth research on the works are unparalleled, the publication brings renewed focus and energy to Martin’s career and her contributions to the art historical narrative.

LY N N E C O O K E is curator at Dia Art Foundation and chief curator at the Centro de Arte Reina Sofía, Madrid. K A R E N K E L LY is Director of Publications and Special Programs at Dia Art Foundation.

July Art 240 pp. 60 b/w + 14 color illus. 7 1/2 x 10 Paper with flaps 978-0-300-15105-3 $35.00

141

Art & Architecture

T H E A RT I N S T I T U T E O F C H I CAG O

BEYOND GOLDEN CLOUDS Japanese Screens from the Art Institute of Chicago and the Saint Louis Art Museum Edited by Janice Katz With contributions by Philip K. Hu, Janice Katz, Elizabeth Lillehoj, Yukio Lippit, Melissa McCormick, Tamamushi Satoko, Hans Bjarne Thomsen, and Alicia Volk

An exquisite survey of Japanese folding screens, from 16th-century masterpieces to contemporary works of art

F

olding screens, known as byôbu in Japanese, are treasures within any museum’s collection and are beloved by the general public. This beautiful publication brings together the very finest screens from the world-renowned collections of the Art Institute of Chicago and the Saint Louis Art Museum. The featured works range from an extraordinary pair of landscapes by Sesson Shukei, a ZenBuddhist monk-painter of the late 16th century, to daring contemporary works from the late 20th century.

Exhibition schedule: ♦ The Art Institute of Chicago

(6/28/09 – 9/27/09) ♦ Saint Louis Art Museum

(10/18/09 – 1/3/10)

The first half of the Edo period (1615–1868) is especially well represented, with a dozen screens from the 17th century by such masters as Kano Koi and Tosa Mitsuoki. The contemporary scene is also well covered, with ten examples from the 20th century—proving the longevity of this art form and its currency among modern-day artists. Enlightening essays by important scholars in the field cover topics like the emergence of screens as an art form and a novel discussion of the relationship of Japanese screens to those made in other countries.

J A N I C E K AT Z is the Roger L. Weston Associate Curator of Japanese Art at the Art Institute of Chicago. 142

Art & Architecture

Distributed for the Art Institute of Chicago

July Art/Decorative Arts 216 pp. 130 color illus. 11 1/2 x 9 3/4 978-0-300-11948-0 $50.00

T H E J A PA N S O C I E T Y

BURIKI Japanese Tin Toys from the Golden Age of the American Automobile Joe Earle A unique look at the remarkable postwar apogee of Japanese tin toys inspired by the heyday of the American automobiles

T

in toys have been made in Japan for more than 100 years, but during World War II their production— and international sales—ended. Almost as soon as the war was over, ingenious manufacturers began to make model Jeeps out of recycled food cans. With the resumption of international trade in 1948, exports of more sophisticated metal toys soared. At the same time, the postwar boom in the United States led to an increasingly automobile-based society—the perfect inspiration for Japan’s gifted toy designers. As leading marques competed to market ever more seductively styled autos to U.S. consumers, Japanese toy manufacturers followed styling trends closely, retooling often to create miniature versions of the latest models; airplanes, spaceships, and other vehicles were also popular.

Exhibition schedule: ♦ Japan Society Gallery, New York

(7/10/09 – 8/16/09) Distributed for the Japan Society

The Tanaka collection is a treasure-trove of more than 500 immaculate model vehicles, enthusiastically collected over the last 50 years. Buriki offers a lively tour of its highlights, evoking the heady, expansive spirit of the 1950s in both the U.S. and Japan. Its 60 cars, along with prime examples of other modes of transportation, will delight young and old with the quality of their detailing and bright color schemes.

J O E E A R L E is vice president and director of the gallery at Japan Society in New York City. He is the author of New Bamboo: Contemporary Japanese Masters (Yale).

July Art/Collectibles 96 pp. 70 color illus. 8 x 9 5/8 paper 978-0-300-15157-2 $15.00

143

Art & Architecture

YOUR BRIGHT FUTURE 12 Contemporary Artists from Korea Lynn Zelevansky and Christine D. Starkman With Joan Kee and Sunjung Kim

I

n the past two decades, there have been major developments in Korean art, as the country has opened up under the influence of globalization. This unprecedented book focuses on the work of twelve of Korea’s most significant artists. An introduction by Joan Kee and a chronology track the development of contemporary art in Korea from the 20th century to the present day. Essays by Lynn Zelevansky and Christine Starkman discuss the twelve artists featured: Kimsooja, Bahc Yiso, Do Ho Suh, Choi Jeong-Hwa, Gimhongsok, Jeon Joonho, Kim Beom, Koo Jeong-A, Minouk Lim, Jooyeon Park, Haegue Yang, and Young-hae Chang Heavy Industries. These artists work in a range of media, including sculpture, drawing, video, installation and performance, and the World Wide Web. The book also includes artists’ interviews and brief biographies.

Exhibition schedule: ♦ Los Angeles County Museum of Art

(6/28/09 – 9/20/09) ♦ The Museum of Fine Arts, Houston

(11/22/09 – 2/14/10) LY N N Z E L E VA N S K Y is Terri and Michael Smooke Curator and Department Head of Contemporary Art at the Los Angeles County Museum of Art. C H R I S T I N E D . S TA R K M A N is curator of Asian art at The Museum of Fine Arts, Houston. J O A N K E E is author or editor of writings on film and art from many Asian countries. S U N J U N G K I M is an independent curator based in Seoul, Korea.

Distributed for The Museum of Fine Arts, Houston July Art 208 pp. 158 b/w + color illus. 9 3/4 x 12 Paper over board 978-0-300-14689-9 $50.00

Previously announced

MASTERPIECES OF IMPRESSIONISM AND POST-IMPRESSIONISM The Annenberg Collection Colin B. Bailey, Joseph J. Rishel, Mark Rosenthal, and Susan Alyson Stein

T

he Walter and Lee Annenberg Collection of Impressionist and Post-Impressionist paintings, watercolors, and drawings at The Metropolitan Museum of Art comprises one of the most remarkable groupings of avant-garde works of art from the mid-19th to the early 20th century. A revised and updated edition of the 1989 publication Masterpieces of Impressionism and Post-Impressionism: The Annenberg Collection, this beautiful volume presents 54 masterworks by such luminaries as Manet, Degas, Morisot, Renoir, Monet, Cézanne, Gauguin, Van Gogh, Picasso, and Matisse, accompanied by elucidating text and a wealth of comparative illustrations. C O L I N B . B A I L E Y is Associate Director and Peter Jay Sharp Chief Curator at the Frick Collection, New York. J O S E P H J . R I S H E L is the Gisela and Dennis Alter Senior Curator of European Painting before 1900 and Senior Curator of the John G. Johnson Collection and the Rodin Museum at the Philadelphia Museum of Art. MARK ROSENTHAL is Curator of Contemporary Art at the Norton Museum of Art, West Palm Beach. S U S A N A LY S O N S T E I N is Curator, Department of Nineteenth-Century, Modern, and Contemporary Art at The Metropolitan Museum of Art. 144

Art & Architecture

Published in association with The Metropolitan Museum of Art

July Art 324 pp. 127 b/w + 115 color illus. 9 x 12 978-0-300-12402-6 $65.00

Scholarly Art & Architecture Books of Interest to the General Trade

Scholarly Art & Architecture Books of Interest to the General Trade

145

THE ARCHITECTURE OF THE YALE CENTER FOR BRITISH ART Jules David Prown Foreword by Amy Meyers Photographs by Thomas A. Brown

T

he Yale Center for British Art stands as the final masterpiece of the great 20th-century American architect Louis I. Kahn (1901–1974). It received the 2005 American Institute of Architects Twenty-Five Year Award honoring “significant architectural landmarks . . . that have withstood the test of time.” This handsome volume, originally published for the Center’s grand opening in 1977, is a timely reminder of the Center’s architectural distinction. Contemporaneous photographs and an enlightening essay by Jules David Prown provide an account of the architecture, design, and circumstances of its commission and building. A new foreword by its current director, Amy Meyers, brings the celebration of the Center into the present day.

J U L E S D AV I D P R O W N is the Paul Mellon Professor Emeritus of the History of Art at Yale University. He served as the first Director of the Yale Center for British Art from 1968 to 1976.

Distributed for the Yale Center for British Art

February Architecture 72 pp. 32 duotone + 16 b/w illus. 11 x 8 1/2 978-0-300-14964-7 $35.00sc

STONE HILL CENTER Tadao Ando at the Clark Essay by Michael Webb Principal photography by Richard Pare

P

ritzker Prize–winning architect Tadao Ando is a master of minimalism, known for his use of simple materials, his light-filled interiors, and his respect for the natural environment in which he works. This handsome book celebrates Ando’s Stone Hill Center at the Sterling and Francine Clark Art Institute, his first museum project set within a rural American landscape. Celebrated photographer Richard Pare records Ando at his best, capturing the play of light across the cedar entry, the shimmering woodlands reflected in the large gallery windows, the lush meadow grasses juxtaposed with sharply angled walls. Michael Webb’s essay provides context for the Clark building, tracing Ando’s career from his early work in Japan to his iconographic Church of the Light in Osaka (1989) to the Modern Art Museum of Fort Worth (2002).

Based in Los Angeles, M I C H A E L W E B B is the author of twenty-six books on architecture and design. R I C H A R D PA R E is an architectural photographer and a founding curator at the Canadian Centre for Architecture. 146

Distributed for the Sterling and Francine Clark Art Institute

February Architecture 64 pp. 2 b/w + 47 color illus. 8 x 8 paper 978-0-300-14917-3 $19.95sc

Scholarly Art & Architecture Books of Interest to the General Trade

T H E M E T R O P O L I TA N M U S E U M O F A R T

THE ESSENTIAL ART OF AFRICAN TEXTILES Design Without End Alisa LaGamma and Christine Giuntini

T

his informative and beautiful volume sheds light on the enduring significance of textiles as a major form of aesthetic expression across Africa, relating long-standing cultural practices to recent creative developments. Some of the finest and oldest preserved examples of West African textile traditions are presented, and both their artistic and technical qualities are examined. Wrapped around the body, fashioned into garments, or displayed as hangings, these magnificent textiles include bold strip weavings and intricately patterned indigo resist-dyed cloths. The influence of African textiles on contemporary artists is also explored, featuring artworks by eight individuals who work in media as far-ranging as sculpture, painting, photography, video, and installation art. A monumental metal tapestry by the Ghanaian El Anatsui that pays tribute to traditional kente prestige cloth while constituting an inventive new genre is discussed in detail.

A L I S A L A G A M M A is a Curator and C H R I S T I N E G I U N T I N I a Conservator in the Department of the Arts of Africa, Oceania, and the Americas, The Metropolitan Museum of Art, New York.

Exhibition schedule: ♦ The Metropolitan Museum of Art

(9/30/08 – 3/22/09) Published in association with The Metropolitan Museum of Art

February Art/Decorative Arts 72 pp. 36 color illus. 8 1/4 x 9 paper 978-0-300-14962-3 $19.95sc

DUCCIO AND THE ORIGINS OF WESTERN PAINTING Keith Christiansen

I

n 2004 the Metropolitan Museum acquired an extremely rare and beautiful Madonna and Child by the great painter Duccio di Buoninsegna. Duccio, who died in 1318, has long been recognized as the father of Sienese painting, and he fostered a new generation of talented and innovative painters. In art history textbooks, however, his considerable contribution to European painting is often overshadowed by the work of his contemporary Giotto. Christiansen examines the fascinating connection between Giotto and Duccio, which he likens to Michelangelo’s relationship with Raphael, or Picasso’s with Matisse, and explains the particular qualities that make Duccio such an essential artist.

Published in association with The Metropolitan Museum of Art

K E I T H C H R I S T I A N S E N is Jayne Wrightsman Curator of European Paintings at The Metropolitan Museum of Art, New York.

February Art 62 pp. 3 b/w + 52 color illus., including a gatefold 8 1/2 x 11 paper 978-0-300-14544-1 $19.95sc

Scholarly Art & Architecture Books of Interest to the General Trade

147

MORE THAN ONE Photographs in Sequence Edited by Joel Smith With contributions by Peter Barberie, Kelly Baum, Anne McCauley, Kevin Moore, and Joel Smith

T

he essays in More than One examine sequentiality and serialism in the practice of photography from the medium’s earliest years to the present. Contributors explore nuances of syntax and sense raised by works like photographic albums, books, thematic portfolios, journalistic photo features, and documentations of performance art.

Fully illustrated essays discuss, among other topics, the little-known volume Beyond This Point (1929), a collaborative experiment by American photographer Francis Bruguiere and London radio producer Lance Sieveking; the evolving relationship between public space and sexual self-definition in the early work of Minor White; and an important performance work by artist Ana Mendieta. The title essay surveys the social conditions and expressive motives that have given rise to serial and sequential forms throughout the history of photography. J O E L S M I T H is curator of photography and K E L LY B A U M is the Locks Curatorial Fellow for Contemporary Art, both at the Princeton University Art Museum. P E T E R B A R B E R I E is curator of photography at the Philadelphia Museum of Art. A N N E M C C A U L E Y is the David Hunter McAlpin Professor of the History of Photography and Modern Art at Princeton University. K E V I N M O O R E is an independent scholar and curator.

Distributed for the Princeton University Art Museum

February Photography 120 pp. 32 b/w + 61 color illus. 8 1/2 x 10 3/4 Paper 978-0-300-14930-2 $25.00sc

TEA CULTURE OF JAPAN Sadako Ohki With Takeshi Watanabe

I

mported to Japan from China during the 9th century, the custom of serving tea did not become widespread until the 13th century. By the late 15th and 16th centuries, tea was ceremonially prepared by a skilled tea master and served to guests in a tranquil setting. This way of preparing tea became known as chanoyu, literally “hot water for tea.”

This elegant book explores the aesthetics and history of the traditional Japanese tea ceremony, examining the nature of tea collections and the links between connoisseurship, politics, and international relations. It also surveys current practices and settings in light of the ongoing transformation of the tradition in contemporary tea houses. Among the precious objects discussed and pictured are ceramic tea bowls, wooden tea scoops, metal sake pourers, and lacquered incense containers, as well as folding screens that evoke the historical settings of serving tea.

Exhibition schedule: ♦ Yale University Art Gallery,

New Haven (1/20/09 – 4/26/09) Distributed for the Yale University Art Gallery

S A D A K O O H K I is the Japan Foundation Associate Curator of Japanese Art at the Yale University Art Gallery. TA K E S H I WATA N A B E February Art/Asian Studies is visiting assistant professor in history and art history at Connecticut 80 pp. 170 color illus. 8 1/4 x 10 3/4 College. Paper with flaps 978-0-300-14692-9 $19.95sc 148

Scholarly Art & Architecture Books of Interest to the General Trade

THE DISAPPEARANCE OF OBJECTS New York Art and the Rise of the Postmodern City Joshua Shannon

I

n the years around 1960, a rapid process of deindustrialization profoundly changed New York City. At the same time, massive highway construction, urban housing renewal, and the growth of the financial sector altered the city’s landscape. As the new economy took shape, manufacturing lofts, piers, and small shops were replaced by sleek highrise housing blocks and office towers. Focusing on works by Claes Oldenburg, Jasper Johns, Robert Rauschenberg, and Donald Judd, art historian Joshua Shannon shows how New York art engaged with this transformation of the city. Shannon convincingly argues that these four artists—all living amid the changes—filled their art with old street signs, outmoded flashlights, and other discarded objects in a richly revealing effort to understand the economic and architectural transformation of their city.

J O S H U A S H A N N O N is assistant professor of contemporary art history and theory at the University of Maryland.

March Art/Art History 240 pp. 141 b/w + 48 color illus. 8 x 9 1/2 978-0-300-13706-4 $60.00sc

FOR REASONS OF STATE Angelique Campens, Erica Cooke, and Steven Lam

F

or Reasons of State examines how our ability to function as a democracy is compromised by governmental secrecy. Looking at contemporary art, the book explores notions of institutional concealment through the work of such artists as the Bureau of Inverse Technology, Jenny Holzer, Lin + Lam, Mark Lombardi, Trevor Paglen, and Susan Schluppi—all of whom provide the public with a new way of looking at information that is otherwise censored or misrepresented due to government or corporate influence.

♦ Independent Study Program

Distributed for the Whitney Museum of American Art

A N G E L I Q U E C A M P E N S is an independent curator and critic based in New York. E R I C A C O O K E is an independent curator and writer based in New York. S T E V E N L A M is an artist and independent curator and teaches at the School of Visual Arts in New York.

February Art 48 pp. 35 b/w illus. 7 1/2 x 10 paper 978-0-300-14694-3 $16.95sc

Scholarly Art & Architecture Books of Interest to the General Trade

149

MATTHEW BOULTON Selling What All the World Desires Shena Mason

M

atthew Boulton was an 18th-century designer, inventor, and industrialist, a consummate businessman, and co-founder of the influential Lunar Society. Now, on the bicentenary of his death, this book surveys his life and extraordinarily varied achievements. The book explains how Boulton, a Birmingham “toy”-maker producing buttons, buckles, and silverware, went into business with James Watt and exported Boulton & Watt steam engines all over the world. Meanwhile his magnificent ormolu ornaments decorated aristocratic drawing rooms, and his determination to discourage counterfeiters led to a contract to manufacture British coinage and coins of other countries at his mint. Boulton was leader of the campaign to establish the Birmingham Assay Office (still the busiest in the country), and also at the heart of the Lunar Society, a group of prominent industrialists, natural philosophers, and intellectuals interested in scientific and social change. Known to Ben Franklin, Thomas Jefferson, Erasmus Darwin, Josiah Wedgwood, and many others, Boulton was a fascinating man, Britain’s leading Enlightenment entrepreneur.

S H E N A M A S O N is an independent researcher and writer.

March History of Science/Design 304 pp. 50 b/w + 300 color illus. 9 1/2 x 11 1/2 978-0-300-14358-4 $75.00sc

OUTSIDE IN Chinese x American x Contemporary x Art Jerome Silbergeld With contributions by Dora C. Y. Ching, Michelle Lim, Cary Y. Liu, Gregory Seiffert, and Kimberly Wishart

T

he art world is currently enthralled with contemporary Chinese art. This thoughtful book argues, however, that American audiences have been exposed only to a narrow range of what is available— with the majority of attention having been given to “avant-garde,” “experimental,” or politically charged art. Outside In discusses contemporary Chinese art in a far wider range of styles and subject matter and substantially expands on our understanding of this work. The book features six artists—Arnold Chang, Michael Cherney, Zhi Lin, Liu Dan, Vanessa Tran, and Zhang Hongtu—all of whom are American citizens yet are widely diverse in age and experience as well as geographical and ethnic origins. In addition to extensive personal interviews and artists’ statements, there are essays that challenge the categorization of art into such focused genres as “Chinese,” “contemporary,” and “American,” and reexamine the factors that shape the development of “Chinese art” in America.

J E R O M E S I L B E R G E L D is P. Y. and Kinmay W. Tang Professor in Chinese Art at Princeton University. 150

Exhibition schedule: ♦ Princeton University Art Museum

(3/5/09 – 6/7/09) Distributed for the Princeton University Art Museum March Art 272 pp. 30 b/w + 215 color illus. 9 x 10 3/4 978-0-300-12208-4 $60.00sc

Scholarly Art & Architecture Books of Interest to the General Trade

N AT I O N A L G A L L E R Y O F A R T, WA S H I N G T O N

DIALOGUES IN ART HISTORY, FROM MESOPOTAMIAN TO MODERN Readings for a New Century Edited by Elizabeth Cropper

T

his spirited and challenging book presents dialogues between eminent art historians on current topics and dilemmas in the field and considering world art of all periods. The authors propose new readings as they challenge traditional systems of classification; interpret monuments in terms of their interaction with their environments; redefine the Italian Renaissance in light of the new vernacular sensibility that emerged in the Trecento; view portraiture both in close detail and in social and historical perspective; and point to the need to reconcile historical coherence with complexity in museum displays. ♦ Studies in the History of Art Series

Contributors include Svetlana Alpers, Elizabeth Hill Boone, Philippe Bordes, Betsy M. Bryan, C. Jean Campbell, Joseph Connors, Charles Dempsey, Marian H. Feldman, Finbarr Barry Flood, Hal Foster, Marc Gotlieb, Ewa Lajer-Burcharth, Michael Leja, Yukio Lippit, Joanne Pillsbury, Louise Rice, David J. Roxburgh, Jeffrey Weiss, Mariët Westermann, and Wu Hung. E L I Z A B E T H C R O P P E R is dean of the Center for Advanced Study in Visual Arts, National Gallery of Art.

Published by the National Gallery of Art, Center for Advanced Study in the Visual Arts/Distributed by Yale University Press

March Art History 424 pp. 167 b/w + 95 color illus. 9 x 11 978-0-300-12162-9 $70.00sc

A MODERNIST MUSEUM IN PERSPECTIVE The East Building, National Gallery of Art Edited by Anthony Alofsin

T

his fascinating book is the first critical examination of the East Building, I. M. Pei’s celebrated addition to the National Gallery of Art in Washington, D.C. Distinguished contributors consider this iconic building from various historical vantage points, from the evolution of its design to its place in 20th-century museum architecture. Essays by Neil Harris, Anthony Alofsin, Alona Nitzan-Shiftan, and Réjean Legault discuss the building’s relationship to the city of Washington, its critical and public reception, and the special nature of its use of materials. Barry Bergdoll and David Brownlee compare it to contemporary works by Marcel Breuer, Edward Larrabee Barnes, and other modernists. Victoria Newhouse, Marc Treib, Barnabas Calder, and Andrew Saint consider it in the context of museum architecture, exploring the relationship between art installations and museum design, museum additions by other well-known architects, and the challenges of building and supporting an art museum outside a major metropolitan area. Drawings, models, and photographs provide a visual history of the building’s development. A N T H O N Y A L O F S I N is Roland Roessner Centennial Professor of Architecture and professor of architecture and art history at the University of Texas at Austin.

♦ Studies in the History of Art Series

Published by the National Gallery of Art, Center for Advanced Study in the Visual Arts/Distributed by Yale University Press

March Architecture 248 pp. 207 b/w + 58 color illus. 9 x 11 978-0-300-12159-9 $65.00sc

Scholarly Art & Architecture Books of Interest to the General Trade

151

N AT I O N A L G A L L E R Y L O N D O N A Closer Look is the new series title for the updated and refreshed National Gallery Pocket Guide range. The series has been enhanced with a stronger format, attractive design, new photography, and additional information.

A CLOSER LOOK: COLOUR David Bomford and Ashok Roy

I

t is self-evident that color is fundamental to painting, but it is not always obvious from looking at pictures what kinds of materials may be used by an artist to make color. A Closer Look: Colour explains how pigments are combined with a medium to form a paint layer, and how this affects our perception of the appearance of color. It not only describes the materials of color but also explains color theories and examines writings about color, including painters’ treatises. Through a selection of superb pictures from the National Gallery, London, including works by Piero della Francesca, Leonardo, Titian, Caravaggio, Canaletto, Rembrandt, Velázquez, Monet, and Seurat, the authors demonstrate how painters through the centuries have exploited the characteristics of color in paint.

D AV I D B O M F O R D is Associate Director for Collections at the J. Paul Getty Museum, Los Angeles. He was formerly the Senior Restorer at the National Gallery, London. A S H O K R O Y is Director of Scientific Research at the National Gallery, London. He is the series editor of the highly regarded National Gallery Technical Bulletin, and has coauthored many NG titles, including Art in the Making: Degas (2005).

Published by National Gallery Company/ Distributed by Yale University Press

March Art 96 pp. 90 color illus. 5 3/4 x 8 1/2 paper 978-1-85709-442-8 $15.00sc

A CLOSER LOOK: CONSERVATION OF PAINTINGS David Bomford Updated by Jill Dunkerton and Martin Wyld

T

he philosophy of modern conservation is different from that of previous eras: the emphasis now is on long-term stabilization by methods that alter the structure of a painting as little as possible. Nevertheless, if paintings are obscured by discolored varnishes and old repaints, they are cleaned, and this has often led to anxiety and debate as long-admired images are transformed. A Closer Look: Conservation of Paintings discusses the material nature of paintings and the ways that they have changed, both naturally and at the hands of previous restorers. It also describes the main types of conservation treatment carried out on panel and canvas paintings and some of the complex issues involved in cleaning and restoration. Published by National Gallery Company/ Distributed by Yale University Press

D AV I D B O M F O R D (see above). J I L L D U N K E R T O N is Restorer and M A R T I N W Y L D is Director of Conservation at the National Gallery, London. They are regular contributors to the highly regarded National Gallery Technical Bulletin. 152

March Art 96 pp. 90 color illus. 5 3/4 x 8 1/2 paper 978-1-85709-441-1 $15.00sc

Scholarly Art & Architecture Books of Interest to the General Trade

COLLECTING AFRICAN AMERICAN ART The Museum of Fine Arts, Houston John Hope Franklin and Alvia J. Wardlaw

T

his important book showcases institutional and private efforts to collect, document, and preserve African American art in American’s fourth largest city, Houston, Texas. Eminent historian John Hope Franklin’s essay reveals his passionate commitment to collect African American art, while curator Alvia J. Wardlaw discusses works by Robert S. Duncanson, Henry Ossawa Tanner, Horace Pippen, and Bill Traylor as well as pieces by contemporary artists Kojo Griffin and Mequitta Ahuja. Quilts, pottery, and a desk made by an African American slave for his daughter contribute to the overview. The book also focuses on the collections of the “black intelligentsia,” African Americans who taught at black colleges like Fisk University, where Aaron Douglas founded the art department. A number of the artists represented were collected privately before they were able to exhibit in mainstream museums.

J O H N H O P E F R A N K L I N is James B. Duke Professor Emeritus of History at Duke University, where the John Hope Franklin Center for Interdisciplinary and International Studies is located. A LV I A J . WA R D L AW is curator of modern and contemporary art at The Museum of Fine Arts, Houston, and director of the University Museum at Texas Southern University in Houston.

Aaron Douglas, Flight, 1930, woodcut, collection of Gladys I. Forde. © Estate of Aaron Douglas

Distributed for The Museum of Fine Arts, Houston

February Art 224 pp. 125 color illus. 7 x 10 paper 978-0-300-15291-3 $40.00sc

THE NATIONAL GALLERY POCKET COLLECTION Introduction by Leah Kharibian

T

he National Gallery, London, home to celebrated works by Leonardo, Titian, Rembrandt, Turner, Van Eyck, Van Gogh, and many others, contains paintings that rank among the finest in the history of Western European art. This attractive little pocket collection reproduces many of these much–loved masterpieces along with a brief introduction to the collection. The guide presents nearly 200 masterworks, arranged in four sections that reflect the layout of the gallery and the chronology of the art: Sainsbury Wing (1250–1500), West Wing (1500–1600), North Wing (1600–1700), and East Wing (1700–1900). Tracing the development of Western European art through the centuries, the book is an irresistible treasure for visitors or armchair travelers to the National Gallery.

L E A H K H A R I B I A N is an independent art historian and writer.

Published by National Gallery Company/ Distributed by Yale University Press

March Art 240 pp. 200 color illus. 4 1/4 x 4 3/4 978-1-85709-447-3 $15.00sc

Scholarly Art & Architecture Books of Interest to the General Trade

153

TATLIN’S TOWER Monument to Revolution Norbert Lynton

An examination of the the 20th century’s greatest unexecuted work of art

T

he plans for the gigantic Monument to the Third International were completed in 1920 by Vladimir Tatlin, the Russian painter and visionary designer who was a key figure of Russian constructivism. Planned as the headquarters and monument of the Comintern in Petrograd, it was to be made from industrial materials— iron, glass, and steel—as a towering symbol of modernity. Because of the political turmoil and housing shortages in Russia after the 1917 Revolution, the building was never constructed, but it remains a celebrated icon of revolutionary art. In this insightful book, Norbert Lynton investigates the sources and symbolism of Tatlin’s Tower and considers not only its significance but also the broader role of allegory in abstraction and as an expression of man’s highest aspirations. Then, in light of his new symbolic reading of the Tower, Lynton examines Tatlin’s flying machine, Letatlin, and earlier works in his career and discusses their impact on other Russian painters, sculptors, designers, and architects of his era.

N O R B E R T LY N T O N , who died in 2007, was the founding professor of art history at Sussex University and a respected critic. 154

March History/Architecture 192 pp. 45 b/w + 10 color illus. 7 x 10 978-0-300-11130-9 $50.00sc

Scholarly Art & Architecture Books of Interest to the General Trade

DADA’S WOMEN Ruth Hemus

T

he European Dada movement of the early 20th century has long been regarded as a male preserve, one in which women have been relegated to footnotes or mentioned only as the wives, girlfriends, or sisters of Dada men. This fascinating book challenges that assumption, focusing on the creative contributions made to Dada by five pivotal European women. Ruth Hemus establishes the ways in which Emmy Hennings and Sophie Taeuber in Zurich, Hannah Höch in Berlin, and Suzanne Duchamp and Céline Arnauld in Paris made important interventions across fine art, literature, and performance. Hemus highlights how their techniques and approaches were characteristic of Dada’s rebellion against aesthetic and cultural conventions, analyzes the impact of gender on each woman’s work, and shows convincingly that they were innovators and not imitators. In its new and original perspective on Dada, the book broadens our appreciation and challenges accepted understandings of this revolutionary avant-garde movement.

R U T H H E M U S is an Early Career Leverhulme Fellow at the University of Royal Holloway, London.

April Art History 256 pp. 60 b/w + 20 color illus. 7 1/2 x 10 978-0-300-14148-1 $60.00sc

Previously announced

DRAWN TO ITALIAN DRAWINGS The Goldman Collection Nicholas Turner With contributions by Jean Goldman

T

his lovely book features exquisite drawings from the Renaissance and Baroque periods, including works by Guercino, Parmigianino, Raphael, and other Italian masters. These 126 working drawings, preparatory sketches, and finished compositions offer insights into the varied approaches to drawing, the artists’ developing styles, and the different regional approaches to the medium. Highlighting works from the distinguished collection of Jean and Steven Goldman, the volume enables the reader to study the drawings of 16th- and 17th-century artists in dialogue with one another. With compelling drawings—many never before published—in a variety of media, exciting new attributions, and important analyses, this book is essential for anyone who admires the bravura and beauty of Old Master drawings.

Exhibition schedule: ♦ The Art Institute of Chicago

(10/18/08 – 1/18/09) Distributed for the Art Institute of Chicago

N I C H O L A S T U R N E R , an independent art historian, was formerly Keeper in the British Museum’s Department of Prints and Drawings and Curator of Drawings at the J. Paul Getty Museum. J E A N G O L D M A N is a scholar specializing in Italian Renaissance and Baroque art.

April Art 320 pp. 150 b/w + 175 color illus. 9 1/2 x 12 978-0-300-14104-7 $65.00sc

Scholarly Art & Architecture Books of Interest to the General Trade

155

ART OF THE KOREAN RENAISSANCE, 1400–1600 Soyoung Lee With JaHyun Kim Haboush, Sunpyo Hong, and Chin-Sung Chang

T

his catalogue—the first English-language publication on the subject—highlights the art of the early period (1392–1592) of Korea’s Joseon dynasty. The Joseon rulers replaced the Buddhist establishment and re-created a Korean society informed on every level by NeoConfucian ideals. They supported the production of innovative secular art inspired by past traditions, both native and from the broader Confucian world. Yet despite official policies, court-sponsored Buddhist art endured, contributing to the rich complexity of the early Joseon culture. The exquisite paintings, porcelain and other ceramics, metalware, and lacquerware featured in the book are drawn from the holdings of major Korean and Japanese museums, the collection of the Metropolitan Museum and other U.S. collections, and private collections. Many of the works have never been seen in the United States. S O Y O U N G L E E is Assistant Curator, Department of Asian Art, The Metropolitan Museum of Art. J A H Y U N K I M H A B O U S H is King Sejong Professor of Korean Studies, East Asian Languages and Cultures, and History, Columbia University. S U N P Y O H O N G is Professor of Korean Art History, Department of Art History, Ewha Woman’s University. C H I N - S U N G C H A N G is Assistant Professor of East Asian Art History, Department of Archaeology and Art History, Seoul National University.

Wine cup, 15th century Korean. Rogers Fund, 1917 (17.175.1). Image © The Metropolitan Museum of Art, New York

Exhibition schedule: ♦ The Metropolitan Museum of Art

(3/17/09 – 6/21/09) Published in association with The Metropolitan Museum of Art

April Art 176 pp. 30 b/w + 75 color illus. 9 x 12 978-0-300-14891-6 $45.00sc

DEFINING URBAN DESIGN CIAM Architects and the Formation of a Discipline, 1937–69 Eric Mumford

I

n this meticulously researched book, Eric Mumford traces how members of the International Congress of Modern Architecture (CIAM), such as Walter Gropius, Josep Lluís Sert, and their American associates, developed the discipline of urban design from the 1940s to the 1960s. Now widely known, this field has had significant influence in university departments and building projects around the world, but its roots in the urbanism of CIAM are not well understood. CIAM proposed a new type of architecture, one that drew on the strategies of both modern art and engineering to promote efficiency and rational city planning. Mumford challenges the idea that this modern urbanism only resulted in the clearing of historical neighborhoods in favor of the public housing that would famously fail. Rather, Mumford argues, CIAM goals were instrumental in forming the field of urban design, and it was the rejection of these goals by politicians and bureaucrats, rather than their implementation, that led to the now familiar and lamentable results of urban renewal and metropolitan sprawl. E R I C M U M F O R D is associate professor of architecture and art history at Washington University in St. Louis. 156

May Architecture/Urban Design 272 pp. 86 b/w + 14 color illus. 8 x 10 978-0-300-13888-7 $55.00sc

Scholarly Art & Architecture Books of Interest to the General Trade

FILM, VIDEO, AND NEW MEDIA AT THE ART INSTITUTE OF CHICAGO with the Howard and Donna Stone Gift Lisa B. Dorin

D

uring the past four decades, the accessibility of videotape, along with that of 8- and 16-millimeter film, has revolutionized artistic production, and moving-image technologies ranging from the filmic to the digital have attained mainstream status. This exciting publication, the first devoted exclusively to the Art Institute’s expanding collection of film and video, records the emergence of a new medium and captures the quickly evolving state of the art. The book explores more than eighty works at the Art Institute, from those by early pioneers like Bruce Nauman and Nam June Paik to others by such recent practitioners as Doug Aitken, Sharon Lockhart, and Steve McQueen. The book showcases works by Tacita Dean, Rineke Dijkstra, Nan Goldin, Jenny Holzer, Pierre Huyghe, Isaac Julien, William Kentridge, Gordon Matta-Clark, George Segal, Richard Serra, Bill Viola, and many more.

L I S A B . D O R I N is assistant curator in the department of contemporary art at the Art Institute of Chicago.

♦ Museum Studies

Distributed for the Art Institute of Chicago

May Art 112 pp. 70 color illus. 8 3/8 x 10 1/4 paper 978-0-300-14690-5 $16.95sc

THE EMPIRE’S NEW CLOTHES A History of the Russian Fashion Industry, 1700–1917 Christine Ruane

I

n 1701 Tsar Peter the Great decreed that all residents of Moscow must abandon their traditional dress and wear European fashion. Those who produced or sold Russian clothing would face “dreadful punishment.” Peter’s dress decree, part of his drive to make Russia more like Western Europe, had a profound impact on the history of Imperial Russia. This engrossing book explores the impact of Westernization on Russia in the 18th and 19th centuries and presents a wealth of photographs of ordinary Russians in all their finery. Christine Ruane draws on memoirs, mail-order catalogues, fashion magazines, and other period sources to demonstrate that Russia’s adoption of Western fashion had symbolic, economic, and social ramifications and was inseparably linked to the development of capitalism, industrial production, and new forms of communication. This book shows how the fashion industry became a forum through which Russians debated and formulated a new national identity. C H R I S T I N E R U A N E is director of graduate studies and professor of history at the University of Tulsa.

May Fashion 256 pp. 70 b/w + 50 color illus. 9 x 11 978-0-300-14155-9 $65.00sc

Scholarly Art & Architecture Books of Interest to the General Trade

157

COMPASS AND RULE Architecture as Mathematical Practice Anthony Gerbino and Stephen Johnston

T

he spread of Renaissance culture in England coincided with the birth of the profession of architecture, whose practitioners soon became superior to simple builders in social standing and perceived intellectual prowess. This stimulating book, which focuses in particular on the scientist, mathematician, and architect Sir Christopher Wren, explores the extent to which this new professional identity was based on expertise in the mathematical arts and sciences. Featuring drawings, instruments, paintings, and other examples of the material culture of English architecture, the book discusses the role of mathematics in architectural design and building technology. It begins with architectural drawing in the 16th century, moves to large-scale technical drawing under Henry VIII, considers Inigo Jones and his royal buildings and Christopher Wren and the dome of St. Paul’s, and concludes with the architectural education of George III. Interweaving text and visual image, the book investigates the boundaries between art and science in architecture—the most artistic of the sciences and the most scientific of the arts. A N T H O N Y G E R B I N O is a senior research fellow at Worcester College, Oxford. S T E P H E N J O H N S T O N is Assistant Keeper at the Museum of the History of Science in Oxford.

May

Architecture/History of Science 192 pp. 120 color illus. 9 x 12 978-0-300-15093-3 $65.00sc

ANCIENT CHURCHES OF ETHIOPIA David W. Phillipson

T

he kings of Aksum formally became Christian during the second quarter of the 4th century, making Ethiopia the second country in the world (after Armenia) officially to adopt the new faith. This landmark book is the first to integrate historical, archaeological, and art-historical evidence to provide a comprehensive account of Ethiopian Christian civilization and its churches—both built and rock-hewn— from the Aksumite period to the 13th century. David W. Phillipson, a foremost authority on Ethiopia’s archaeology, situates these churches within the development of Ethiopian society, illuminating the exceptional continuity of the country’s Christian civilization. He offers a fresh view of the processes which gave rise to this unique African culture as well as the most detailed treatment of the rock-hewn churches at Lalibela World Heritage Site ever published. Abundantly illustrated, filled with original insights, and incorporating new chronological findings, this book will be of enormous interest to a wide international circle of students, scholars, and travelers.

D AV I D W. P H I L L I P S O N is Emeritus Professor of African Archaeology, University of Cambridge. 158

288 pp.

June Archaeology/Architecture 224 b/w + 50 color illus. 7 1/2 x 10 978-0-300-14156-6 $65.00sc

Scholarly Art & Architecture Books of Interest to the General Trade

THE EXTREME OF THE MIDDLE Writings of Jack Tworkov Edited by Mira Schor

J

ack Tworkov (1900–1982) was a significant figure of the Abstract Expressionist period. A noted painter, he was instrumental in defining the ideals of the New York School, along with Willem de Kooning, Barnett Newman, Ad Reinhardt, and Franz Kline, among others. This book, the first collection of Tworkov’s writings, sheds new light on the lives and studio practices of Tworkov and his colleagues as well as on Tworkov’s artistic theories and values. These enlightening and intimate writings—personal journals and letters, teaching notebooks, correspondence with other artists, previously unpublished essays, and published articles—are introduced and annotated by Mira Schor, who provides an informed account of an important artist and thinker. The book is enriched by photographs by Henri Cartier-Bresson, Irving Penn, Arnold Newman, and Robert Rauschenberg; family photographs with Hans Hofmann, John Cage, Kline, and others; and reproductions of some of Tworkov’s finest work.

M I R A S C H O R is a painter and author who also teaches at Parsons The New School for Design.

July Art Theory 496 pp. 46 b/w + 15 color illus. 6 x 9 paper 978-0-300-14102-3 $45.00sc

Augustus Saint-Gaudens (American, 1848–1907). Diana, 1893–94, this cast 1894 or after. Bronze, h. 28 1/4 in. The Metropolitan Museum of Art, Gift of Lincoln Kirstein, 1985 (1985.353)

AUGUSTUS SAINT-GAUDENS IN THE METROPOLITAN MUSEUM OF ART Thayer Tolles

T

his book recounts the engaging story of a French-Irish immigrant who became the greatest American sculptor of his day. During his lifetime Saint-Gaudens (1848–1907) both contributed to exhibitions at the Metropolitan Museum and served as an advisor to its staff. After his death the Museum continued steadily to acquire his sculptures. Today it owns 45 of the sculptor’s works, ranging from delicate cameos and medals to innovative painterly bas-reliefs to stirring statuettes and portrait busts after Civil War monuments for East Coast cities. Thayer Tolles appraises Saint-Gaudens’s groundbreaking position in the history of late 19th-century American sculpture and the Aesthetic Movement, and she also addresses his role in advancing American art on the international stage.

Exhibition schedule: ♦ The Metropolitan Museum of Art

(6/30/09 – 10/12/09) Published in association with The Metropolitan Museum of Art

T H AY E R T O L L E S is Associate Curator of American Paintings and Sculpture at The Metropolitan Museum of Art, New York.

July Art 72 pp. 80 color illus. 8 1/2 x 11 paper 978-0-300-15188-6 $19.95sc

Scholarly Art & Architecture Books of Interest to the General Trade

159

T H E M E T R O P O L I TA N M U S E U M O F A R T

PEN AND PARCHMENT Drawing in the Middle Ages Melanie Holcomb et al.

I

n the Middle Ages, artists explored and tested the medium of drawing, producing whimsical sketches, illustrated treatises, and finished drawings of extraordinary refinement. This fascinating volume is the first to examine and celebrate the achievements of medieval draftsmen in depth. It reproduces rarely seen leaves from more than fifty manuscripts dating from the 9th to the early 14th century. In the accompanying texts, Melanie Holcomb and other experts in the field consider the techniques, uses, and aesthetics of medieval drawings, casting light on their critical role in the intellectual life of the Middle Ages.

The Harley Psalter. Ca. 1010–1130. British Library Board. All Rights Reserved (Harley 603).

Exhibition schedule: ♦ The Metropolitan Museum of Art

(6/2/09 – 8/23/09) Published in association with The Metropolitan Museum of Art

M E L A N I E H O L C O M B is Associate Curator in the Medieval Art Department at The Metropolitan Museum of Art, New York.

208 pp.

July Art History 50 b/w + 75 color illus. 9 x 11 978-0-300-14894-7 $50.00sc

Jaharis Byzantine Lectionary, Byzantine (Constantinople), ca. 1100. Tempera, ink and gold leaf on parchment; leather binding. The Metropolitan Museum of Art, Purchase, Mary and Michael Jaharis Gift and Lila Acheson Wallace Gift, 2007 (2007.286)

THE JAHARIS GOSPEL LECTIONARY The Story of a Byzantine Book John Lowden

U

ntil 2008 the Jaharis Lectionary was a hidden treasure: an illuminated Byzantine manuscript that was almost entirely unknown, even to scholars. Superbly preserved, it is arguably the most important Byzantine work to come to the Metropolitan Museum’s renowned collection since the 1917 gifts of J. Pierpont Morgan. It represents the apogee of Constantinopolitan craftsmanship around the year 1100. In this important study, John Lowden, a leading expert on Byzantine manuscripts, discusses his discoveries about this extraordinary manuscript within the broader context of Byzantine book illumination. He traces the book’s history from its acquisition to its production in Constantinople. By detailed analysis and comparison, the author shows how the manuscript was made for use in the patriarchal church of Hagia Sophia.

Exhibition schedule: ♦ The Metropolitan Museum of Art

(9/30/08 – 3/22/09) Published in association with The Metropolitan Museum of Art

J O H N L O W D E N is Professor of the History of Art at the Courtauld Institute of Art, University of London. 160

July Art History 144 pp. 40 b/w + 60 color illus. 8 1/2 x 11 paper 978-0-300-14899-2 $30.00sc

Scholarly Art & Architecture Books of Interest to the General Trade

FRANCIS BACON IN THE 1950S Michael Peppiatt

T

he first exploration of Bacon’s compelling work during the key decade when he was attaining the height of his powers—now available in paperback. “A profound meditation on the painter’s psychology and motivation; one of the best things ever written on Bacon.” —Martin Gayord, The Sunday Telegraph

“This tale of life lived on the edge—with its interwoven strand of steely artistic determination . . . makes for flavorsome reading.”—Julian Bell, New York Review of Books

Published in association with the Sainsbury Centre for Visual Arts, University of East Anglia, Norwich

March

Art

Formerly editor and publisher of Art International, M I C H A E L P E P P I AT T 224 pp. 20 b/w + 70 color illus. is an independent art historian and exhibition curator. His previous 9 1/2 x 10 1/2 books include Alberto Giacometti in Postwar Paris, published by Yale paper 978-0-300-15121-3 $33.00 cloth (S ’07) 978-0-300-12192-6 $50.00 University Press.

PALLADIO’S ROME Edited and translated by Vaughan Hart and Peter Hicks

N

ow available in paperback: Palladio’s guides to Rome as charming today as when they were written 450 years ago.

“This pocket-sized edition, the first one-volume edition in English, allows the modern visitor or armchair tourist to follow in the footsteps of the Renaissance traveller, seeing the city as it was described by one of the world’s greatest architects.” —London Review of Books

“A fascinating snapshot of Rome a century before the Baroque architects got their hands on it.” —Richard B. Woodward, New York Times

March

Architecture

VA U G H A N H A R T is professor of architecture, department of archi320 pp. 50 b/w + 50 color illus. tecture and civil engineering, University of Bath. P E T E R H I C K S is vis4 3/4 x 8 1/2 iting research fellow, department of architecture and civil engineering, paper 978-0-300-15147-3 $35.00sc University of Bath, and historian, Fondation Napoléon, Paris. cloth (S ’06) 978-0-300-10909-2 $55.00sc

Art & Architecture–Paperback

161

Previously announced

MIDDLE KINGDOM TOMB ARCHITECTURE AT LISHT Dieter Arnold

T

his volume documents twenty-six monumental tombs of the ancient Egyptian Twelfth Dynasty that were excavated by the Metropolitan Museum Egyptian Expedition from 1906 to 1934 and 1984 to 1991. Focusing on the study and reconstruction of the architecture of the tombs, the book also publishes remains of reliefs and inscriptions that decorated the walls. The author demonstrates the astonishing variety of Middle Kingdom funeral architecture. Whereas some of the Lisht structures relate closely to Old Kingdom mastabas, there is also a new group of freestanding chapels that are derived from contemporary deity temples and foreshadow the temple-tombs of later periods in Egyptian history.

♦ Egyptian Expedition Publications of

The Metropolitan Museum of Art Published in association with The Metropolitan Museum of Art

D I E T E R A R N O L D is Curator, Department of Egyptian Art, The Metropolitan Museum of Art.

February Architecture 269 pp. 170 b/w + color illus. + 18 text figures 9 1/2 x 13 1/2 978-0-300-12344-9 $75.00tx

LANCASHIRE North Clare Hartwell

T

he landscapes of Lancashire range from the shores of Morecambe Bay and the wild Forest of Bowland in the north to the coastal flatlands and Pennine mill towns in the south. Lancaster, the historic county town, boasts some of the finest Georgian buildings in northern England, while Blackpool is unrivaled anywhere for spectacular seaside architecture. Lancashire treats each city, town, and village in the county in a detailed gazetteer. An expert general introduction provides a historical and artistic overview. Numerous maps and plans, over a hundred new color photographs, full indexes, and an illustrated glossary help to make this book invaluable as both reference work and guide.

♦ Pevsner Architectural Guides

C L A R E H A R T W E L L is an architectural historian based in Manchester. She is the author of Lancashire: Manchester and the South East in the Buildings of England series and the Pevsner City Guide to Manchester, both published by Yale University Press. 162

May Architecture 800 pp. 120 color illus. 4 3/4 x 8 1/2 978-0-300-12667-9 $50.00tx

Scholarly Art & Architecture Books of Interest to the General Trade

1948, Morris ..............................................................89 ¡A Su Salud!, Cotton et al. ........................................111 Abbona-Sneider et al., Trame ....................................109 Adams, denver..........................................................138 Adams, What We Bought ..........................................138 Aeneid, The, Vergil ......................................................92 Agnes Martin, Cooke ................................................141 Ahlan wa Sahlan, Alosh ............................................109 Alger Hiss and the Battle for History, Jacoby ................4, 5 Alhawary, Arabic Second Language Acquisition of Morphosyntax ....................................................109 Allawi, The Crisis of Islamic Civilization ..................20, 21 Allitt, The Conservatives ..............................................51 Alofsin, A Modernist Museum in Perspective ................151 Alosh, Ahlan wa Sahlan ............................................109 Alvar Aalto, Pelkonen ................................................135 American Play, The, Robinson ......................................68 Amory, Pierre Bonnard ..............................................115 Amy Blakemore, de Lima Greene ................................134 Ancient Churches of Ethiopia, Phillipson ......................158 Anders, Between Fire and Sleep ..................................68 Andrew Lloyd Webber, Snelson ..................................101 Anti-Imperial Choice, The, Petrovsky-Shtern ..................105 Arab Center, The, Muasher ..........................................94 Arabic Second Language Acquisition of Morphosyntax, Alhawary ............................................................109 Architecture of The Yale Center for British Art, The, Prown ................................................................146 Arnold, Middle Kingdom Tomb Architecture at Lisht ......162 Art of French Piano Music, The, Howat ........................105 Art of the Korean Renaissance, 1400-1600, Lee ..........156 Arts of Ancient Viet Nam, Tingley................................118 Atheist Delusions, Hart ................................................27 Atmosphere of Heaven, The, Jay ..................................49 Augustus Saint-Gaudens in the Metropolitan Museum of Art, Tolles ..........................................159 Austin and An, Yale French Studies 115 ......................106 Backstage Pass, O’Brien et al. ....................................121 Bagenstos, Law and the Contradictions of the Disability Rights Movement....................................107 Bailey et al., Masterpieces of Impressionism and Post-Impressionism ................................................144 Balken, Dove/O’Keeffe ..............................................137 Bannockburn, Cornell ..................................................63 Barnett, Victor Hugo on Things That Matter ..................110 Basualdo and Taylor, Bruce Nauman ..........................140 Becoming Edvard Munch, Clarke ................................116 Berrizbeitia, Michael Van Valkenburgh Associates ........133 Between Fire and Sleep, Anders ..................................68 Beyond Golden Clouds, Katz ....................................142 Birds of Pakistan, Grimmett et al. ..................................60 Bite the Hand That Feeds You, Fairlie ............................74 Blood and Mistletoe, Hutton..........................................61 Blood and Soil, Kiernan ..............................................80 Blood Sport, Griffin ....................................................98 Bomford and Roy, A Closer Look: Colour ....................152 Bomford, A Closer Look: Conservation of Paintings ......152 Borderlines in Borderlands, Stagg ..............................103 Bray, Wetware......................................................44, 45 Bridge at the Edge of the World, The, Speth ..................81 Britons, Colley ............................................................77 Bruce Nauman, Basualdo and Taylor ..........................140 Brustein, The Tainted Muse ..........................................26 Bugs and the Victorians, Clark ....................................106 Bulgakov, White Guard ..............................................90 Buriki, Earle ..............................................................143 Bus Kids, The, Lit ......................................................103 Calder, Pacific Alliance ................................................72 Call of the Coast, Denenberg and Lansing ..................130 Calvin, Gordon ..........................................................55 Campens et al., For Reasons of State ..........................149 Can Poetry Save the Earth?, Felstiner ............................18 Cézanne + Beyond, Rishel and Sachs..........................117 Chin, Confucius ..........................................................53 Christiansen, Duccio and the Origins of Western Painting ..............................................................147 Clark, Bugs and the Victorians ....................................106

Clarke, Becoming Edvard Munch ................................116 Cloonan Cortez, Contornos del Habla..........................110 Closer Look: Colour, A, Bomford and Roy ....................152 Closer Look: Conservation of Paintings, A, Bomford ......152 Collecting African American Art, Franklin and Wardlaw153 Colley, Britons ............................................................77 Collins, It Is Daylight ....................................................19 Comanche Empire, The, Hämäläinen ............................90 Compass and Rule, Gerbino and Johnston ..................158 Confucius, Chin ..........................................................53 Conlon, The Essential Hospital Handbook ......................38 Conservatives, The, Allitt ..............................................51 Contornos del Habla, Cloonan Cortez ........................110 Cooke, Agnes Martin ................................................141 Cooke et al., Zoe Leonard ..........................................134 Copquin, The Neighborhoods of Queens ......................82 Cornell, Bannockburn ..................................................63 Cotton et al., ¡A Su Salud!..........................................111 Cowling et al., Picasso ..............................................124 Craftsman, The, Sennett ..............................................84 Crawford, Hitler’s Gift to American Music ......................73 Crisis of Islamic Civilization, The, Allawi..................20, 21 Cropper, Dialogues in Art History, from Mesopotamian to Modern ....................................151 Cruel and Unusual, Cusac ............................................11 Cuno et al., The Modern Wing ..................................132 Cuno, Master Paintings in the Art Institute of Chicago ....128 Cusac, Cruel and Unusual ............................................11 Cy Twombly, Rondeau ..............................................139 Dada’s Women, Hemus..............................................155 Danziger, James Boswell ............................................107 Defining Urban Design, Mumford ................................156 de Lima Greene, Amy Blakemore ..............................134 Denenberg and Lansing, Call of the Coast....................130 denver, Adams ..........................................................138 Dialogues in Art History, from Mesopotamian to Modern, Cropper ................................................151 Disappearance of Objects, The, Shannon ....................149 Donald and Munro, Endless Forms ..............................114 Dorin, Film, Video, and New Media at the Art Institute of Chicago ..............................................157 Dove/O’Keeffe, Balken ..............................................137 Drawn to Italian Drawings. Turner ..............................155 Duccio and the Origins of Western Painting, Christiansen ........................................................147 Dwyer, Napoleon........................................................85 Eagleton, Reason, Faith, and Revolution ..................24, 25 Earle, Buriki ..............................................................143 Eklund, The Pictures Generation ..................................131 Eleanor of Aquitaine, Turner ........................................48 Elliott, Spain, Europe and the Wider World, 1500-1800 ..........................................................52 Empire’s New Clothes, The, Ruane ........................71, 157 Endless Forms, Donald and Munro ..............................114 Essential Art of African Textiles, The, LaGamma and Giuntini ..............................................................147 Essential Hospital Handbook, The, Conlon ....................38 Essential Reinhold Niebuhr, The, Niebuhr ......................97 Ethiopian Revolution, The, Tareke ..................................71 Euro, The, Marsh ........................................................42 Extreme of the Middle, The, Schor ..............................159 Fairlie, Bite the Hand That Feeds You ............................74 Familiarity of Strangers, The, Trivellato ........................104 Fasulo, An Insider’s Guide to the UN ............................46 Faulkner and Love, Sensibar ........................................36 Federalist Papers, The, Hamilton et al. ..........................67 Felstiner, Can Poetry Save the Earth? ............................18 Fighting Cancer with Knowledge and Hope, Frank ........37 Film, Video, and New Media at the Art Institute of Chicago, Dorin....................................................157 Finkin and Post, For the Common Good ........................30 Florence 1900, Roeck..................................................66 For Reasons of State, Campens et al. ..........................149 For the Common Good, Finkin and Post ........................30 Forgotten Continent, Reid ............................................80 Foster and Kreitzman, Seasons of Life ............................47 Fox, Proverbs 10–31 ..................................................64

Index

163

Francis Bacon in the 1950s, Peppiatt ..........................161 Franco and Hitler, Payne ..............................................82 Frank, Fighting Cancer with Knowledge and Hope ........37 Franklin and Wardlaw, Collecting African American Art 153 Frankly, My Dear, Haskell ..............................................7 Fraser, Wall Street ......................................................88 Freedman, Out of the East ............................................99 Friedland and Folt, Writing Successful Science Propsals ..73 From the New Deal to the New Right, Lowndes ..........101 Future of the Internet—And How to Stop It, The, Zittrain ..79 Gallipoli, Prior ............................................................54 Gerbino, Compass and Rule ......................................158 Gerhard Richter Portraits, Moorhouse ..........................122 Gigante, Life ............................................................104 Gilbert Rohde, Ross ..................................................126 God’s Architect, Hill ..............................................8, 119 Goldfarb, In Confidence ..............................................13 Goldstein, Jacob’s Legacy ............................................92 Goldsworthy, How Rome Fell..................................40, 41 Gordon, Calvin ..........................................................55 Grewal, Network Power ..............................................94 Griffin, A Smart Energy Policy ......................................75 Griffin, Blood Sport ....................................................98 Grimmett et al., Birds of Pakistan ..................................60 Grow, “Liberty to the Downtrodden”..............................60 Gypsy, Shteir ..............................................................16 Hahn, Kinship by Covenant ..........................................65 Hämäläinen, The Comanche Empire ..............................90 Hamburger, The, Ozersky ............................................91 Hamilton et al., The Federalist Papers ............................67 Hamilton, Squeezed ....................................................70 Hart and Hicks, Palladio’s Rome..................................161 Hart, Atheist Delusions ................................................27 Hartwell, Lancashire ..................................................162 Haskell, Frankly, My Dear ..............................................7 Haynes et al., Spies ....................................................43 Heltzel, Jesus and Justice ..............................................76 Hemus, Dada’s Women..............................................155 Heritages Francophones, Redonnet et al. ....................111 Hertz, How Jews Became Germans ............................103 Hill, God’s Architect ..............................................8, 119 Hill, Selected Poems ....................................................17 Himmelfarb, The Spirit of the Age ..............................100 History Lesson, Lefkowitz ............................................100 Hitler, the Germans, and the Final Solution, Kershaw ......95 Hitler’s Gift to American Music, Crawford ......................73 Hixson, The Myth of American Diplomacy......................98 Hoffman, My Happiness Bears No Relation to Happiness ......................................................28, 29 Holcomb et al., Pen and Parchment ............................160 Holy Toledo!, Steele and Mears ..................................136 Horesh, Shanghai’s Bund and Beyond ........................107 How Jews Became Germans, Hertz ............................103 How Rome Fell, Goldsworthy..................................40, 41 Howat, The Art of French Piano Music ........................105 Hunt, Ideology and U.S. Foreign Policy........................104 Hutton, Blood and Mistletoe ........................................61 Ideology and U.S. Foreign Policy, Hunt ........................104 Importing Poverty, Martin ............................................71 In Confidence, Goldfarb ..............................................13 Insider’s Guide to the UN, Fasulo ..................................46 Inventing a Nation, Vidal ............................................93 It Is Daylight, Collins ....................................................19 Jacob’s Legacy, Goldstein ............................................92 Jacoby, Alger Hiss and the Battle for History ................4, 5 Jaharis Gospel Lectionary, The, Lowden ......................160 James Boswell, Danziger ............................................107 Jay, The Atmosphere of Heaven....................................49 Jesus and Justice, Heltzel ..............................................76 John Singer Sargent, Ormond and Kilmurray................125 Kander and Ebb, Leve..................................................61 Kaplan, Spiritual Radical..............................................98 Karelis, The Persistence of Poverty ..............................101 Katz, Beyond Golden Clouds......................................142 Kershaw, Hitler, the Germans, and the Final Solution ......95

164

Index

Kharibian, National Gallery Pocket Collection ..............153 Kiernan, Blood and Soil ..............................................80 King et al., The Psychoanalytic Study of the Child ........105 Kinship by Covenant, Hahn ..........................................65 Knut Hamsun, Sletten Kolloen........................................57 Koda and Yohannan, Models & Muses ........................129 König and Weick, Owls of the World ............................62 Koppelman, A Right to Discriminate? ............................77 Kurlander, Living with Hitler..........................................75 LaGamma and Giuntini, The Essential Art of African Textiles ....................................................147 Lancashire, Hartwell ..................................................162 Last Rites, Lukacs ..........................................................6 Law and the Contradictions of the Disability Rights Movement, Bagenstos ..........................................107 Lee, Art of the Korean Renaissance, 1400-1600 ..........156 Lefkowitz, History Lesson............................................100 Legacy of the Mastodon, The, Thomson ........................85 Leve, Kander and Ebb..................................................61 “Liberty to the Downtrodden”, Grow..............................60 Library at Night, The, Manguel ....................................87 Life, Gigante ............................................................104 Lit, The Bus Kids ........................................................103 Living with Hitler, Kurlander ..........................................75 Lowden, The Jaharis Gospel Lectionary........................160 Lowndes, From the New Deal to the New Right ............101 Lukacs, Last Rites ..........................................................6 Lynch, San Martín ......................................................67 Lynton, Tatlin’s Tower ................................................154 Mackiewicz, The Triumph of Provocation ......................108 Madigan and Levenson, Resurrection ............................99 Magnificent Mrs. Tennant, The, Waller ..........................56 Manguel, The Library at Night ......................................87 Marcus, Mark 8-16......................................................64 Marginal Jew: Rethinking the Historical Jesus, A, Meier ..65 Mark 8-16, Marcus ....................................................64 Marsh, The Euro ..........................................................42 Martin, Importing Poverty ............................................71 Marvelous Hairy Girls, The, Wiesner-Hanks ..................62 Mason, Matthew Boulton ............................................150 Master Paintings in the Art Institute of Chicago, Cuno....128 Masterpieces of Impressionism and Post-Impressionism, Bailey et al. ........................................................144 Matthew Boulton, Mason............................................150 Max Neuhaus, Neuhaus ............................................139 Meier, A Marginal Jew: Rethinking the Historical Jesus ....65 Michael Van Valkenburgh Associates, Berrizbeitia ........133 Middle Kingdom Tomb Architecture at Lisht, Arnold ......162 Model & Muse, Koda and Yohannan ..........................129 Modern Wing, The, Cuno et al. ..................................132 Modernist Museum in Perspective, A, Alofsin................151 Money, Markets, and Sovereignty, Steil and Hinds..........31 Moorhouse, Gerhard Richter Portraits ..........................122 More than One, Smith ..............................................148 Morris, 1948 ..............................................................89 Morris, One State, Two States ................................32, 33 Mother of God, Rubin............................................34, 35 Muasher, The Arab Center ..........................................94 Mumford, Defining Urban Design................................156 My Happiness Bears No Relation to Happiness, Hoffman..........................................................28, 29 Myth of American Diplomacy, The, Hixson ....................98 Napoleon, Dwyer........................................................85 National Gallery Pocket Collection, Kharibian ..............153 Neighborhoods of Queens, The, Copquin ......................82 Network Power, Grewal ..............................................94 Neuhaus, Max Neuhaus ............................................139 Newman, The Yale Biographical Dictionary of American Law ......................................................69 Niebuhr, The Essential Reinhold Niebuhr........................97 O’Brien et al., Backstage Pass ....................................121 Ohki, Tea Culture of Japan ........................................148 One State, Two States, Morris ................................32, 33 Ormond and Kilmurray, John Singer Sargent................125 Out of the East, Freedman ............................................99 Outside In, Silbergeld ................................................150

Owls of the World, König and Weick ............................62 Ozersky, The Hamburger ............................................91

Stone Hill Center, Webb ............................................146 Strauss, Pioneers of Contemporary Glass ....................128

Pacific Alliance, Calder................................................72 Palladio’s Rome, Hart and Hicks ................................161 Parini, Why Poetry Matters ..........................................86 Payne, Franco and Hitler..............................................82 Pelkonen, Alvar Aalto ................................................135 Pen and Parchment, Holcomb et al. ............................160 Peppiatt, Francis Bacon in the 1950s ..........................161 Persistence of Poverty, The, Karelis ..............................101 Petit, Philip Johnson ..................................................120 Petrovsky-Shtern, The Anti-Imperial Choice ..................105 Philip Johnson, Petit ..................................................120 Phillipson, Ancient Churches of Ethiopia ......................158 Philosophers’ Quarrel, The, Zaretsky and Scott ..............10 Picasso, Cowling ......................................................124 Pictures Generation, The, Eklund, ................................131 Pierre Bonnard, Amory ..............................................115 Pioneers of Contemporary Glass, Strauss ....................128 Pisano, William Merritt Chase ....................................127 Politics of Food Supply, The, Winders ..........................106 Polkinghorne, Theology in the Context of Science ..........12 Potato, Reader ......................................................14, 15 Potter, Tenor ..............................................................39 Prior, Gallipoli ............................................................54 Prosek et al., Tight Lines ..............................................83 Proverbs 10–31, Fox ..................................................64 Prown, The Architecture of The Yale Center for British Art ............................................................146 Psychoanalytic Study of the Child, The, King et al. ........105

Tainted Muse, The, Brustein ..........................................26 Tareke, The Ethiopian Revolution ..................................71 Tatlin’s Tower, Lynton ..................................................154 Tea Culture of Japan, Ohki ........................................148 Temkin, The Sacco-Vanzetti Affair ..................................50 Tenor, Potter ................................................................39 Theology in the Context of Science, Polkinghorne ..........12 Thomson, The Legacy of the Mastodon ..........................85 Thomson, The Young Charles Darwin ..............................9 Tight Lines, Prosek et al. .............................................. 83 Tingley, Arts of Ancient Viet Nam................................118 Tolles, Augustus Saint-Gaudens in the Metropolitan Museum of Art..................................159 Tragedy of Child Care in America, The, Zigler et al. ......72 Trame, Abbona-Sneider et al. ....................................109 Triumph of Provocation, The, Mackiewicz ....................108 Trivellato, The Familiarity of Strangers..........................104 Tsesis, We Shall Overcome ..........................................97 Turner, Drawn to Italian Drawings ..............................155 Turner, Eleanor of Aquitaine ........................................48

Rahe, Soft Despotism, Democracy’s Drift ........................66 Reader, Potato ......................................................14, 15 Reason, Faith, and Revolution, Eagleton ..................24, 25 Redonnet et al., Heritages Francophones......................111 Reid, Forgotten Continent ............................................80 Resurrection, Madigan and Levenson ............................99 Right to Discriminate, A?, Koppelman ............................77 Rishel, Cézanne + Beyond ........................................117 Robinson, The American Play........................................68 Roeck, Florence 1900..................................................66 Rondeau, Cy Twombly ..............................................139 Rosenfeld’s Lives, Zipperstein ........................................23 Rosenthal, William Kentridge......................................123 Ross, Gilbert Rohde ..................................................126 Ruane, The Empire’s New Clothes ........................71, 157 Rubin, Mother of God............................................34, 35 Sacco-Vanzetti Affair, The, Temkin ................................50 San Martín, Lynch........................................................67 Savages and Scoundrels, VanDevelder ..........................22 Schor, The Extreme of the Middle ................................159 Seasons of Life, Foster and Kreitzman ............................47 Selected Poems, Hill ....................................................17 Selling the Tudor Monarchy, Sharpe ..............................63 Sennett, The Craftsman ................................................84 Sensibar, Faulkner and Love ........................................36 Shanghai’s Bund and Beyond, Horesh ........................107 Shannon, The Disappearance of Objects ....................149 Sharpe, Selling the Tudor Monarchy ..............................63 Shteir, Gypsy ..............................................................16 Silbergeld, Outside In ................................................150 Sletten Kolloen, Knut Hamsun........................................57 Small Wonder, Zimmerman ..........................................58 Smart Energy Pilocy, A, Griffin......................................75 Smith, More than One ..............................................148 Snelson, Andrew Lloyd Webber ..................................101 Soft Despotism, Democracy’s Drift, Rahe ........................66 Spain, Europe and the Wider World, 1500-1800, Elliott ....................................................................52 Spanish Frontier in North America, The, Weber............108 Speth, The Bridge at the Edge of the World....................81 Spies, Haynes et al. ....................................................43 Spirit of the Age, The, Himmelfarb ..............................100 Spiritual Radical, Kaplan..............................................98 Squeezed, Hamilton ....................................................70 Stagg, Borderlines in Borderlands................................103 Steele and Mears, Holy Toledo! ..................................136 Steil and Hinds, Money, Markets, and Sovereignty ..........31

VanDevelder, Savages and Scoundrels ..........................22 Vergil, The Aeneid ......................................................92 Victor Hugo on Things That Matter, Barnett ..................110 Vidal, Inventing a Nation ............................................93 Wall Street, Fraser ......................................................88 Waller, The Magnificent Mrs.Tennant ............................56 We Shall Overcome, Tsesis ..........................................97 Webb, Stone Hill Center ............................................146 Weber, The Spanish Frontier in North America ............108 Wetware, Bray......................................................44, 45 What We Bought, Adams ..........................................138 White Guard, Bulgakov ..............................................90 Why Arendt Matters, Young-Bruehl ................................95 Why Poetry Matters, Parini ..........................................86 Wiesner-Hanks, The Marvelous Hairy Girls ....................62 William Kentridge, Rosenthal ......................................123 William Merritt Chase, Pisano ....................................127 Winders, The Politics of Food Supply ..........................106 Writing Successful Science Proposals, Friedland and Folt 73 Yale Biographical Dictionary of American Law, The, Newman ..............................................................69 Yale French Studies, Austin and An ............................106 Young Charles Darwin, The, Thomson..............................9 Young-Bruehl, Why Arendt Matters ..............................95 Your Bright Future, Zelevansky and Starkman................144 Zaretsky and Scott, The Philosophers’ Quarrel ................10 Zelevansky and Starkman, Your Bright Future ..............144 Zigler et al., The Tragedy of Child Care in America ........72 Zimmerman, Small Wonder ..........................................58 Zipperstein, Rosenfeld’s Lives ........................................23 Zittrain, The Future of the Internet—And How to Stop It ..79 Zoe Leonard, Cooke ..................................................134

Index

165

This catalogue describes Yale University Press Spring and Summer books scheduled for publication from February 2009 through July 2009.

INTERNATIONAL SALES REPRESENTATION United Kingdom, Europe, Africa, and Asia Yale University Press 47 Bedford Square London WC1B 3DP, England Telephone: 44-20-7079-4900 Fax: 44-20-7079-4901

DOMESTIC For orders and all customer service inquiries please contact: Yale University Press, c/o TriLiteral, LLC 100 Maple Ridge Drive, Cumberland, RI 02864-1769 Tel: USA & Canada: 1-800-405-1619 Fax: USA & Canada: 1-800-406-9145 Email: [email protected] Orders: [email protected] SAN 631-8126 Yale University Press is a member of PUBNET

Canada, Australia, and New Zealand University Press Group, David Stimpson 164 Hillsdale Avenue, East Toronto M4S IT5 Ontario, Canada Telephone: 416-484-8296 Fax: 416-484-0602 E-mail: [email protected] Canadian customers can send returns to: Yale University Press c/o Georgetown Warehouse 34 Armstrong Avenue Georgetown L7G4R9, Ontario, Canada

PRICES AND DISCOUNTS no mark

Trade discount

sc

Scholarly discount

tx

Text discount

Distribution for Australia and New Zealand (non-exclusive) Inbooks 3 Narabang Way Belrose, NSW 2085, Australia Telephone: 61-2-9986-7037 Fax: 61-2-9986-7090 Email: [email protected]

All prices, discounts and publication dates are subject to change without notice. Booksellers may order all titles at regular discounts and terms that are published in the ABA handbook. Discount schedules and return policies are available by contacting the Sales Department at: phone (203) 432-0966 or fax (203) 432-8485.

Latin America and Caribbean US PubRep, Inc., Craig Falk 311 Dean Drive Rockville, MD 20851-1144 Telephone: 301-838-9276 Fax: 301-838-9278 E-mail: [email protected] Website: uspubrep.com

For bulk or premium sales, contact Larry Laconi at (203) 432-7350 or [email protected] Individuals are urged to order through a bookseller. Libraries are urged to order through a wholesaler. They may also order directly. Book review editors may fax requests for review copies to the Publicity Department at (203) 432-8485 or send requests by email to [email protected]

Japan Rockbook, Aikiko Iwamoto, Gilles Fauveau 2-3-25, 9FI, Kudanminami, Chiyoda-ku, Tokyo, 102-0074, Japan Telephone: 81-3-3264-0144 Fax: 81-3-3264-0440 E-mail: [email protected]

For foreign and translation rights, contact Anne Bihan at [email protected] For all inquiries regarding sales representation in the U.S.: Jay Cosgrove, Sales Director, Yale University Press, P.O. Box 209040, New Haven, CT, 06520-9040. Tel: (203) 432-0968 fax (203) 432-8485 [email protected]

Bookstores and libraries are also encouraged to order from United Publishers Services.

Taiwan BK Norton, Meihua Sun, Chiafeng Peng 5F, 60 Roosevelt Rd. Sec. 4 Taipei 100 Taiwan Telephone 886-2-6623-0088 Fax: 886-2-6632-9772 E-mail: [email protected]

Catalogue design: Amy Elliott Andersen Visit our website: yalebooks.com.

ISBN Prefix 978-0-300 ♦

166

Order Information

South Korea ICK (Information & Culture Korea), Se-Yung Jun, Min-Hwa Yoo, 473-19 Seokyo-dong, Mapo-ku Seoul, Korea 121-842 Telephone: 82-2-3141-4791 Fax: 82-2-3141-7733 E-mail: [email protected]